summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/config
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
Diffstat (limited to 'config')
-rw-r--r--config/Config.in8
-rw-r--r--config/Kconfig-language.txt255
-rw-r--r--config/Makefile123
-rw-r--r--config/Makefile.in5
-rw-r--r--config/checklist.c377
-rw-r--r--config/colors.h161
-rw-r--r--config/conf.c601
-rw-r--r--config/confdata.c449
-rw-r--r--config/dialog.h196
-rw-r--r--config/expr.c1089
-rw-r--r--config/expr.h194
-rw-r--r--config/glob.c848
-rw-r--r--config/glob.h100
-rw-r--r--config/inputbox.c240
-rw-r--r--config/lex.backup1
-rw-r--r--config/lkc.h113
-rw-r--r--config/lkc_proto.h39
-rw-r--r--config/mconf.c717
-rw-r--r--config/menu.c436
-rw-r--r--config/menubox.c438
-rw-r--r--config/msgbox.c85
-rw-r--r--config/symbol.c782
-rw-r--r--config/textbox.c556
-rw-r--r--config/util.c375
-rw-r--r--config/yesno.c118
-rw-r--r--config/zconf.l387
-rw-r--r--config/zconf.output2133
-rw-r--r--config/zconf.y693
28 files changed, 11519 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/config/Config.in b/config/Config.in
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9a7778310
--- /dev/null
+++ b/config/Config.in
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+#
+
+config ADK_PACKAGE_CONFIG
+ bool"config"
+ default n
+ help
+ Add help text here.
+
diff --git a/config/Kconfig-language.txt b/config/Kconfig-language.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..493749b32
--- /dev/null
+++ b/config/Kconfig-language.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,255 @@
+Introduction
+------------
+
+The configuration database is collection of configuration options
+organized in a tree structure:
+
+ +- Code maturity level options
+ | +- Prompt for development and/or incomplete code/drivers
+ +- General setup
+ | +- Networking support
+ | +- System V IPC
+ | +- BSD Process Accounting
+ | +- Sysctl support
+ +- Loadable module support
+ | +- Enable loadable module support
+ | +- Set version information on all module symbols
+ | +- Kernel module loader
+ +- ...
+
+Every entry has its own dependencies. These dependencies are used
+to determine the visible of an entry. Any child entry is only
+visible if its parent entry is also visible.
+
+Menu entries
+------------
+
+Most entries define a config option, all other entries help to organize
+them. A single configuration option is defined like this:
+
+config MODVERSIONS
+ bool "Set version information on all module symbols"
+ depends MODULES
+ help
+ Usually, modules have to be recompiled whenever you switch to a new
+ kernel. ...
+
+Every line starts with a key word and can be followed by multiple
+arguments. "config" starts a new config entry. The following lines
+define attributes for this config option. Attributes can be the type of
+the config option, input prompt, dependencies, help text and default
+values. A config option can be defined multiple times with the same
+name, but every definition can have only a single input prompt and the
+type must not conflict.
+
+Menu attributes
+---------------
+
+A menu entry can have a number of attributes. Not all of them are
+applicable everywhere (see syntax).
+
+- type definition: "bool"/"tristate"/"string"/"hex"/"integer"
+ Every config option must have a type. There are only two basic types:
+ tristate and string, the other types base on these two. The type
+ definition optionally accepts an input prompt, so these two examples
+ are equivalent:
+
+ bool "Networking support"
+ and
+ bool
+ prompt "Networking support"
+
+- input prompt: "prompt" <prompt> ["if" <expr>]
+ Every menu entry can have at most one prompt, which is used to display
+ to the user. Optionally dependencies only for this prompt can be added
+ with "if".
+
+- default value: "default" <symbol> ["if" <expr>]
+ A config option can have any number of default values. If multiple
+ default values are visible, only the first defined one is active.
+ Default values are not limited to the menu entry, where they are
+ defined, this means the default can be defined somewhere else or be
+ overriden by an earlier definition.
+ The default value is only assigned to the config symbol if no other
+ value was set by the user (via the input prompt above). If an input
+ prompt is visible the default value is presented to the user and can
+ be overridden by him.
+ Optionally dependencies only for this default value can be added with
+ "if".
+
+- dependencies: "depends on"/"requires" <expr>
+ This defines a dependency for this menu entry. If multiple
+ dependencies are defined they are connected with '&&'. Dependencies
+ are applied to all other options within this menu entry (which also
+ accept "if" expression), so these two examples are equivalent:
+
+ bool "foo" if BAR
+ default y if BAR
+ and
+ depends on BAR
+ bool "foo"
+ default y
+
+- help text: "help"
+ This defines a help text. The end of the help text is determined by
+ the level indentation, this means it ends at the first line which has
+ a smaller indentation than the first line of the help text.
+
+
+Menu dependencies
+-----------------
+
+Dependencies define the visibility of a menu entry and can also reduce
+the input range of tristate symbols. The tristate logic used in the
+expressions uses one more state than normal boolean logic to express the
+module state. Dependency expressions have the following syntax:
+
+<expr> ::= <symbol> (1)
+ <symbol> '=' <symbol> (2)
+ <symbol> '!=' <symbol> (3)
+ '(' <expr> ')' (4)
+ '!' <expr> (5)
+ <expr> '||' <expr> (6)
+ <expr> '&&' <expr> (7)
+
+Expressions are listed in decreasing order of precedence.
+
+(1) Convert the symbol into an expression. Boolean and tristate symbols
+ are simply converted into the respective expression values. All
+ other symbol types result in 'n'.
+(2) If the values of both symbols are equal, it returns 'y',
+ otherwise 'n'.
+(3) If the values of both symbols are equal, it returns 'n',
+ otherwise 'y'.
+(4) Returns the value of the expression. Used to override precedence.
+(5) Returns the result of (2-/expr/).
+(6) Returns the result of min(/expr/, /expr/).
+(7) Returns the result of max(/expr/, /expr/).
+
+An expression can have a value of 'n', 'm' or 'y' (or 0, 1, 2
+respectively for calculations). A menu entry becomes visible when it's
+expression evaluates to 'm' or 'y'.
+
+There are two type of symbols: constant and nonconstant symbols.
+Nonconstant symbols are the most common ones and are defined with the
+'config' statement. Nonconstant symbols consist entirely of alphanumeric
+characters or underscores.
+Constant symbols are only part of expressions. Constant symbols are
+always surrounded by single or double quotes. Within the quote any
+other character is allowed and the quotes can be escaped using '\'.
+
+Menu structure
+--------------
+
+The position of a menu entry in the tree is determined in two ways. First
+it can be specified explicitely:
+
+menu "Network device support"
+ depends NET
+
+config NETDEVICES
+ ...
+
+endmenu
+
+All entries within the "menu" ... "endmenu" block become a submenu of
+"Network device support". All subentries inherit the dependencies from
+the menu entry, e.g. this means the dependency "NET" is added to the
+dependency list of the config option NETDEVICES.
+
+The other way to generate the menu structure is done by analyzing the
+dependencies. If a menu entry somehow depends on the previous entry, it
+can be made a submenu of it. First the the previous (parent) symbol must
+be part of the dependency list and then one of these two condititions
+must be true:
+- the child entry must become invisible, if the parent is set to 'n'
+- the child entry must only be visible, if the parent is visible
+
+config MODULES
+ bool "Enable loadable module support"
+
+config MODVERSIONS
+ bool "Set version information on all module symbols"
+ depends MODULES
+
+comment "module support disabled"
+ depends !MODULES
+
+MODVERSIONS directly depends on MODULES, this means it's only visible if
+MODULES is different from 'n'. The comment on the other hand is always
+visible when MODULES it's visible (the (empty) dependency of MODULES is
+also part of the comment dependencies).
+
+
+Kconfig syntax
+--------------
+
+The configuration file describes a series of menu entries, where every
+line starts with a keyword (except help texts). The following keywords
+end a menu entry:
+- config
+- choice/endchoice
+- comment
+- menu/endmenu
+- if/endif
+- source
+The first four also start the definition of a menu entry.
+
+config:
+
+ "config" <symbol>
+ <config options>
+
+This defines a config symbol <symbol> and accepts any of above
+attributes as options.
+
+choices:
+
+ "choice"
+ <choice options>
+ <choice block>
+ "endchoice"
+
+This defines a choice group and accepts any of above attributes as
+options. A choice can only be of type bool or tristate, while a boolean
+choice only allows a single config entry to be selected, a tristate
+choice also allows any number of config entries to be set to 'm'. This
+can be used if multiple drivers for a single hardware exists and only a
+single driver can be compiled/loaded into the kernel, but all drivers
+can be compiled as modules.
+A choice accepts another option "optional", which allows to set the
+choice to 'n' and no entry needs to be selected.
+
+comment:
+
+ "comment" <prompt>
+ <comment options>
+
+This defines a comment which is displayed to the user during the
+configuration process and is also echoed to the output files. The only
+possible options are dependencies.
+
+menu:
+
+ "menu" <prompt>
+ <menu options>
+ <menu block>
+ "endmenu"
+
+This defines a menu block, see "Menu structure" above for more
+information. The only possible options are dependencies.
+
+if:
+
+ "if" <expr>
+ <if block>
+ "endif"
+
+This defines an if block. The dependency expression <expr> is appended
+to all enclosed menu entries.
+
+source:
+
+ "source" <prompt>
+
+This reads the specified configuration file. This file is always parsed.
diff --git a/config/Makefile b/config/Makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..278f98849
--- /dev/null
+++ b/config/Makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,123 @@
+# $Id: Makefile 185 2008-10-28 12:24:05Z wbx $
+#-
+# This file is part of the OpenADK project. OpenADK is copyrighted
+# material, please see the LICENCE file in the top-level directory.
+
+include ${TOPDIR}/rules.mk
+
+CP=cp -fpR
+
+all: ncurses conf mconf
+
+LIBS= -lncurses
+ifeq (/usr/include/ncurses/ncurses.h, $(wildcard /usr/include/ncurses/ncurses.h))
+HOSTNCURSES+= -I/usr/include/ncurses -DCURSES_LOC="<ncurses.h>"
+else
+ifeq (/usr/include/ncurses/curses.h, $(wildcard /usr/include/ncurses/curses.h))
+HOSTNCURSES+= -I/usr/include/ncurses -DCURSES_LOC="<ncurses/curses.h>"
+else
+ifeq (/usr/local/include/ncurses/ncurses.h, $(wildcard /usr/local/include/ncurses/ncurses.h))
+HOSTCFLAGS+= -I/usr/local/include/ncurses -DCURSES_LOC="<ncurses.h>"
+else
+ifeq (/usr/local/include/ncurses/curses.h, $(wildcard /usr/local/include/ncurses/curses.h))
+HOSTCFLAGS+= -I/usr/local/include/ncurses -DCURSES_LOC="<ncurses/curses.h>"
+else
+ifeq (/usr/pkg/include/ncurses.h, $(wildcard /usr/pkg/include/ncurses.h))
+HOSTCFLAGS+= -I/usr/pkg/include -DCURSES_LOC="<ncurses.h>"
+LIBS+= -L/usr/pkg/lib -Wl,-rpath -Wl,/usr/pkg/lib
+else
+ifeq (/usr/include/ncurses.h, $(wildcard /usr/include/ncurses.h))
+HOSTNCURSES+= -DCURSES_LOC="<ncurses.h>"
+else
+HOSTNCURSES+= -DCURSES_LOC="<curses.h>"
+endif
+endif
+endif
+endif
+endif
+endif
+
+CONF_SRC =conf.c
+MCONF_SRC =mconf.c checklist.c menubox.c textbox.c yesno.c inputbox.c util.c msgbox.c
+SHARED_SRC=zconf.tab.c glob.c
+SHARED_DEPS:=lkc.h lkc_proto.h lkc_defs.h expr.h zconf.tab.h glob.h
+CONF_OBJS =$(patsubst %.c,%.o, $(CONF_SRC))
+MCONF_OBJS=$(patsubst %.c,%.o, $(MCONF_SRC))
+SHARED_OBJS=$(patsubst %.c,%.o, $(SHARED_SRC))
+
+conf: $(CONF_OBJS) $(SHARED_OBJS)
+ $(HOSTCC) $(NATIVE_LDFLAGS) $^ -o $@
+
+mconf: $(MCONF_OBJS) $(SHARED_OBJS)
+ $(HOSTCC) $(NATIVE_LDFLAGS) $^ -o $@ $(LIBS)
+
+$(CONF_OBJS): %.o : %.c $(SHARED_DEPS)
+ $(HOSTCC) $(HOSTCFLAGS) -I. -c $< -o $@
+
+$(MCONF_OBJS): %.o : %.c $(SHARED_DEPS)
+ $(HOSTCC) $(HOSTCFLAGS) $(HOSTNCURSES) -I. -c $< -o $@
+
+glob.o: glob.c $(SHARED_DEPS)
+ $(HOSTCC) $(HOSTCFLAGS) -I. -c glob.c -o $@
+
+lkc_defs.h: lkc_proto.h
+ @sed < $< > $@ 's/P(\([^,]*\),.*/#define \1 (\*\1_p)/'
+
+###
+# The following requires flex/bison
+# By default we use the _shipped versions, uncomment the
+# following line if you are modifying the flex/bison src.
+LKC_GENPARSER:= 1
+
+ifdef LKC_GENPARSER
+
+%.tab.c %.tab.h: %.y
+ bison -t -d -v -b $* -p $(notdir $*) $<
+
+lex.%.c: %.l
+ flex -P$(notdir $*) -o$@ $<
+
+lex.zconf.o: lex.zconf.c $(SHARED_DEPS)
+ $(HOSTCC) $(HOSTCFLAGS) -I. -c $< -o $@
+
+zconf.tab.o: zconf.tab.c lex.zconf.c confdata.c expr.c symbol.c menu.c $(SHARED_DEPS)
+ $(HOSTCC) $(HOSTCFLAGS) -I. -c $< -o $@
+
+else
+
+lex.zconf.o: lex.zconf.c $(SHARED_DEPS)
+ $(HOSTCC) $(HOSTCFLAGS) -I. -c $< -o $@
+
+lex.zconf.c: lex.zconf.c_shipped
+ $(CP) lex.zconf.c_shipped lex.zconf.c
+
+zconf.tab.o: zconf.tab.c lex.zconf.c confdata.c expr.c symbol.c menu.c $(SHARED_DEPS)
+ $(HOSTCC) $(HOSTCFLAGS) -I. -c $< -o $@
+
+zconf.tab.c: zconf.tab.c_shipped
+ $(CP) zconf.tab.c_shipped zconf.tab.c
+
+zconf.tab.h: zconf.tab.h_shipped
+ $(CP) zconf.tab.h_shipped zconf.tab.h
+endif
+
+.PHONY: ncurses
+
+ncurses:
+ @echo "int main(void) { return -1; }" > lxtemp.c
+ @if $(HOSTCC) $(HOSTCFLAGS) lxtemp.c $(LIBS) ; then \
+ rm -f lxtemp.c a.out; \
+ else \
+ rm -f lxtemp.c; \
+ printf '\007'; \
+ echo ">> Unable to find the Ncurses libraries." ;\
+ echo ">>" ;\
+ echo ">> You must have Ncurses installed in order" ;\
+ echo ">> to use 'make menuconfig'" ;\
+ echo ;\
+ exit 1 ;\
+ fi
+
+clean:
+ rm -f *.o *~ core $(TARGETS) $(MCONF_OBJS) $(CONF_OBJS) \
+ conf mconf zconf.tab.c zconf.tab.h lex.zconf.c lkc_defs.h
diff --git a/config/Makefile.in b/config/Makefile.in
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0b3ac40a9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/config/Makefile.in
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+ifeq ($(strip $(ADK_PACKAGE_CONFIG)),y)
+TARGETS+=config
+endif
+
+include ${TOPDIR}/mk/pkg-bottom.mk
diff --git a/config/checklist.c b/config/checklist.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ec5a9ad68
--- /dev/null
+++ b/config/checklist.c
@@ -0,0 +1,377 @@
+/*
+ * checklist.c -- implements the checklist box
+ *
+ * ORIGINAL AUTHOR: Savio Lam (lam836@cs.cuhk.hk)
+ * Stuart Herbert - S.Herbert@sheffield.ac.uk: radiolist extension
+ * Alessandro Rubini - rubini@ipvvis.unipv.it: merged the two
+ * MODIFIED FOR LINUX KERNEL CONFIG BY: William Roadcap (roadcap@cfw.com)
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+ */
+
+#include "dialog.h"
+
+static int list_width, check_x, item_x, checkflag;
+
+/*
+ * Print list item
+ */
+static void
+print_item (WINDOW * win, const char *item, int status,
+ int choice, int selected)
+{
+ int i;
+
+ /* Clear 'residue' of last item */
+ wattrset (win, menubox_attr);
+ wmove (win, choice, 0);
+ for (i = 0; i < list_width; i++)
+ waddch (win, ' ');
+
+ wmove (win, choice, check_x);
+ wattrset (win, selected ? check_selected_attr : check_attr);
+ if (checkflag == FLAG_CHECK)
+ wprintw (win, "[%c]", status ? 'X' : ' ');
+ else
+ wprintw (win, "(%c)", status ? 'X' : ' ');
+
+#if 0
+ wattrset (win, selected ? tag_selected_attr : tag_attr);
+ mvwaddch(win, choice, item_x, item[0]);
+ wattrset (win, selected ? item_selected_attr : item_attr);
+ waddstr (win, (char *)item+1);
+#else
+ wattrset (win, selected ? item_selected_attr : item_attr);
+ waddstr (win, item);
+#endif
+ if (selected) {
+ wmove (win, choice, check_x+1);
+ wrefresh (win);
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+ * Print the scroll indicators.
+ */
+static void
+print_arrows (WINDOW * win, int choice, int item_no, int scroll,
+ int y, int x, int height)
+{
+ wmove(win, y, x);
+
+ if (scroll > 0) {
+ wattrset (win, uarrow_attr);
+ waddch (win, ACS_UARROW);
+ waddstr (win, "(-)");
+ }
+ else {
+ wattrset (win, menubox_attr);
+ waddch (win, ACS_HLINE);
+ waddch (win, ACS_HLINE);
+ waddch (win, ACS_HLINE);
+ waddch (win, ACS_HLINE);
+ }
+
+ y = y + height + 1;
+ wmove(win, y, x);
+
+ if ((height < item_no) && (scroll + choice < item_no - 1)) {
+ wattrset (win, darrow_attr);
+ waddch (win, ACS_DARROW);
+ waddstr (win, "(+)");
+ }
+ else {
+ wattrset (win, menubox_border_attr);
+ waddch (win, ACS_HLINE);
+ waddch (win, ACS_HLINE);
+ waddch (win, ACS_HLINE);
+ waddch (win, ACS_HLINE);
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+ * Display the termination buttons
+ */
+static void
+print_buttons( WINDOW *dialog, int height, int width, int selected)
+{
+ int x = width / 2 - 11;
+ int y = height - 2;
+
+ print_button (dialog, "Select", y, x, selected == 0);
+ print_button (dialog, " Help ", y, x + 14, selected == 1);
+
+ wmove(dialog, y, x+1 + 14*selected);
+ wrefresh (dialog);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Display a dialog box with a list of options that can be turned on or off
+ * The `flag' parameter is used to select between radiolist and checklist.
+ */
+int
+dialog_checklist (const char *title, const char *prompt, int height, int width,
+ int list_height, int item_no, struct dialog_list_item ** items,
+ int flag)
+
+{
+ int i, x, y, box_x, box_y;
+ int key = 0, button = 0, choice = 0, scroll = 0, max_choice, *status;
+ WINDOW *dialog, *list;
+
+ checkflag = flag;
+
+ /* Allocate space for storing item on/off status */
+ if ((status = malloc (sizeof (int) * item_no)) == NULL) {
+ endwin ();
+ fprintf (stderr,
+ "\nCan't allocate memory in dialog_checklist().\n");
+ exit (-1);
+ }
+
+ /* Initializes status */
+ for (i = 0; i < item_no; i++) {
+ status[i] = (items[i]->selected == 1); /* ON */
+ if ((!choice && status[i]) || items[i]->selected == 2) /* SELECTED */
+ choice = i + 1;
+ }
+ if (choice)
+ choice--;
+
+ max_choice = MIN (list_height, item_no);
+
+ /* center dialog box on screen */
+ x = (COLS - width) / 2;
+ y = (LINES - height) / 2;
+
+ draw_shadow (stdscr, y, x, height, width);
+
+ dialog = newwin (height, width, y, x);
+ keypad (dialog, TRUE);
+
+ draw_box (dialog, 0, 0, height, width, dialog_attr, border_attr);
+ wattrset (dialog, border_attr);
+ mvwaddch (dialog, height-3, 0, ACS_LTEE);
+ for (i = 0; i < width - 2; i++)
+ waddch (dialog, ACS_HLINE);
+ wattrset (dialog, dialog_attr);
+ waddch (dialog, ACS_RTEE);
+
+ if (title != NULL && strlen(title) >= width-2 ) {
+ /* truncate long title -- mec */
+ char * title2 = malloc(width-2+1);
+ memcpy( title2, title, width-2 );
+ title2[width-2] = '\0';
+ title = title2;
+ }
+
+ if (title != NULL) {
+ wattrset (dialog, title_attr);
+ mvwaddch (dialog, 0, (width - strlen(title))/2 - 1, ' ');
+ waddstr (dialog, (char *)title);
+ waddch (dialog, ' ');
+ }
+
+ wattrset (dialog, dialog_attr);
+ print_autowrap (dialog, prompt, width - 2, 1, 3);
+
+ list_width = width - 6;
+ box_y = height - list_height - 5;
+ box_x = (width - list_width) / 2 - 1;
+
+ /* create new window for the list */
+ list = subwin (dialog, list_height, list_width, y+box_y+1, x+box_x+1);
+
+ keypad (list, TRUE);
+
+ /* draw a box around the list items */
+ draw_box (dialog, box_y, box_x, list_height + 2, list_width + 2,
+ menubox_border_attr, menubox_attr);
+
+ /* Find length of longest item in order to center checklist */
+ check_x = 0;
+ for (i = 0; i < item_no; i++)
+ check_x = MAX (check_x, + strlen (items[i]->name) + 4);
+
+ check_x = (list_width - check_x) / 2;
+ item_x = check_x + 4;
+
+ if (choice >= list_height) {
+ scroll = choice - list_height + 1;
+ choice -= scroll;
+ }
+
+ /* Print the list */
+ for (i = 0; i < max_choice; i++) {
+ print_item (list, items[scroll + i]->name,
+ status[i+scroll], i, i == choice);
+ }
+
+ print_arrows(dialog, choice, item_no, scroll,
+ box_y, box_x + check_x + 5, list_height);
+
+ print_buttons(dialog, height, width, 0);
+
+ wnoutrefresh (list);
+ wnoutrefresh (dialog);
+ doupdate ();
+
+ while (key != ESC) {
+ key = wgetch (dialog);
+
+ for (i = 0; i < max_choice; i++)
+ if (toupper(key) == toupper(items[scroll + i]->name[0]))
+ break;
+
+
+ if ( i < max_choice || key == KEY_UP || key == KEY_DOWN ||
+ key == '+' || key == '-' ) {
+ if (key == KEY_UP || key == '-') {
+ if (!choice) {
+ if (!scroll)
+ continue;
+ /* Scroll list down */
+ if (list_height > 1) {
+ /* De-highlight current first item */
+ print_item (list, items[scroll]->name,
+ status[scroll], 0, FALSE);
+ scrollok (list, TRUE);
+ wscrl (list, -1);
+ scrollok (list, FALSE);
+ }
+ scroll--;
+ print_item (list, items[scroll]->name,
+ status[scroll], 0, TRUE);
+ wnoutrefresh (list);
+
+ print_arrows(dialog, choice, item_no, scroll,
+ box_y, box_x + check_x + 5, list_height);
+
+ wrefresh (dialog);
+
+ continue; /* wait for another key press */
+ } else
+ i = choice - 1;
+ } else if (key == KEY_DOWN || key == '+') {
+ if (choice == max_choice - 1) {
+ if (scroll + choice >= item_no - 1)
+ continue;
+ /* Scroll list up */
+ if (list_height > 1) {
+ /* De-highlight current last item before scrolling up */
+ print_item (list, items[scroll + max_choice - 1]->name,
+ status[scroll + max_choice - 1],
+ max_choice - 1, FALSE);
+ scrollok (list, TRUE);
+ scroll (list);
+ scrollok (list, FALSE);
+ }
+ scroll++;
+ print_item (list, items[scroll + max_choice - 1]->name,
+ status[scroll + max_choice - 1],
+ max_choice - 1, TRUE);
+ wnoutrefresh (list);
+
+ print_arrows(dialog, choice, item_no, scroll,
+ box_y, box_x + check_x + 5, list_height);
+
+ wrefresh (dialog);
+
+ continue; /* wait for another key press */
+ } else
+ i = choice + 1;
+ }
+ if (i != choice) {
+ /* De-highlight current item */
+ print_item (list, items[scroll + choice]->name,
+ status[scroll + choice], choice, FALSE);
+ /* Highlight new item */
+ choice = i;
+ print_item (list, items[scroll + choice]->name,
+ status[scroll + choice], choice, TRUE);
+ wnoutrefresh (list);
+ wrefresh (dialog);
+ }
+ continue; /* wait for another key press */
+ }
+ switch (key) {
+ case 'H':
+ case 'h':
+ case '?':
+ for (i = 0; i < item_no; i++)
+ items[i]->selected = 0;
+ items[scroll + choice]->selected = 1;
+ delwin (dialog);
+ free (status);
+ return 1;
+ case TAB:
+ case KEY_LEFT:
+ case KEY_RIGHT:
+ button = ((key == KEY_LEFT ? --button : ++button) < 0)
+ ? 1 : (button > 1 ? 0 : button);
+
+ print_buttons(dialog, height, width, button);
+ wrefresh (dialog);
+ break;
+ case 'S':
+ case 's':
+ case ' ':
+ case '\n':
+ if (!button) {
+ if (flag == FLAG_CHECK) {
+ status[scroll + choice] = !status[scroll + choice];
+ wmove (list, choice, check_x);
+ wattrset (list, check_selected_attr);
+ wprintw (list, "[%c]", status[scroll + choice] ? 'X' : ' ');
+ } else {
+ if (!status[scroll + choice]) {
+ for (i = 0; i < item_no; i++)
+ status[i] = 0;
+ status[scroll + choice] = 1;
+ for (i = 0; i < max_choice; i++)
+ print_item (list, items[scroll + i]->name,
+ status[scroll + i], i, i == choice);
+ }
+ }
+ wnoutrefresh (list);
+ wrefresh (dialog);
+
+ for (i = 0; i < item_no; i++) {
+ items[i]->selected = status[i];
+ }
+ } else {
+ for (i = 0; i < item_no; i++)
+ items[i]->selected = 0;
+ items[scroll + choice]->selected = 1;
+ }
+ delwin (dialog);
+ free (status);
+ return button;
+ case 'X':
+ case 'x':
+ key = ESC;
+ case ESC:
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Now, update everything... */
+ doupdate ();
+ }
+
+
+ delwin (dialog);
+ free (status);
+ return -1; /* ESC pressed */
+}
diff --git a/config/colors.h b/config/colors.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d34dd37c6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/config/colors.h
@@ -0,0 +1,161 @@
+/*
+ * colors.h -- color attribute definitions
+ *
+ * AUTHOR: Savio Lam (lam836@cs.cuhk.hk)
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+ */
+
+
+/*
+ * Default color definitions
+ *
+ * *_FG = foreground
+ * *_BG = background
+ * *_HL = highlight?
+ */
+#define SCREEN_FG COLOR_CYAN
+#define SCREEN_BG COLOR_BLUE
+#define SCREEN_HL TRUE
+
+#define SHADOW_FG COLOR_BLACK
+#define SHADOW_BG COLOR_BLACK
+#define SHADOW_HL TRUE
+
+#define DIALOG_FG COLOR_BLACK
+#define DIALOG_BG COLOR_WHITE
+#define DIALOG_HL FALSE
+
+#define TITLE_FG COLOR_YELLOW
+#define TITLE_BG COLOR_WHITE
+#define TITLE_HL TRUE
+
+#define BORDER_FG COLOR_WHITE
+#define BORDER_BG COLOR_WHITE
+#define BORDER_HL TRUE
+
+#define BUTTON_ACTIVE_FG COLOR_WHITE
+#define BUTTON_ACTIVE_BG COLOR_BLUE
+#define BUTTON_ACTIVE_HL TRUE
+
+#define BUTTON_INACTIVE_FG COLOR_BLACK
+#define BUTTON_INACTIVE_BG COLOR_WHITE
+#define BUTTON_INACTIVE_HL FALSE
+
+#define BUTTON_KEY_ACTIVE_FG COLOR_WHITE
+#define BUTTON_KEY_ACTIVE_BG COLOR_BLUE
+#define BUTTON_KEY_ACTIVE_HL TRUE
+
+#define BUTTON_KEY_INACTIVE_FG COLOR_RED
+#define BUTTON_KEY_INACTIVE_BG COLOR_WHITE
+#define BUTTON_KEY_INACTIVE_HL FALSE
+
+#define BUTTON_LABEL_ACTIVE_FG COLOR_YELLOW
+#define BUTTON_LABEL_ACTIVE_BG COLOR_BLUE
+#define BUTTON_LABEL_ACTIVE_HL TRUE
+
+#define BUTTON_LABEL_INACTIVE_FG COLOR_BLACK
+#define BUTTON_LABEL_INACTIVE_BG COLOR_WHITE
+#define BUTTON_LABEL_INACTIVE_HL TRUE
+
+#define INPUTBOX_FG COLOR_BLACK
+#define INPUTBOX_BG COLOR_WHITE
+#define INPUTBOX_HL FALSE
+
+#define INPUTBOX_BORDER_FG COLOR_BLACK
+#define INPUTBOX_BORDER_BG COLOR_WHITE
+#define INPUTBOX_BORDER_HL FALSE
+
+#define SEARCHBOX_FG COLOR_BLACK
+#define SEARCHBOX_BG COLOR_WHITE
+#define SEARCHBOX_HL FALSE
+
+#define SEARCHBOX_TITLE_FG COLOR_YELLOW
+#define SEARCHBOX_TITLE_BG COLOR_WHITE
+#define SEARCHBOX_TITLE_HL TRUE
+
+#define SEARCHBOX_BORDER_FG COLOR_WHITE
+#define SEARCHBOX_BORDER_BG COLOR_WHITE
+#define SEARCHBOX_BORDER_HL TRUE
+
+#define POSITION_INDICATOR_FG COLOR_YELLOW
+#define POSITION_INDICATOR_BG COLOR_WHITE
+#define POSITION_INDICATOR_HL TRUE
+
+#define MENUBOX_FG COLOR_BLACK
+#define MENUBOX_BG COLOR_WHITE
+#define MENUBOX_HL FALSE
+
+#define MENUBOX_BORDER_FG COLOR_WHITE
+#define MENUBOX_BORDER_BG COLOR_WHITE
+#define MENUBOX_BORDER_HL TRUE
+
+#define ITEM_FG COLOR_BLACK
+#define ITEM_BG COLOR_WHITE
+#define ITEM_HL FALSE
+
+#define ITEM_SELECTED_FG COLOR_WHITE
+#define ITEM_SELECTED_BG COLOR_BLUE
+#define ITEM_SELECTED_HL TRUE
+
+#define TAG_FG COLOR_YELLOW
+#define TAG_BG COLOR_WHITE
+#define TAG_HL TRUE
+
+#define TAG_SELECTED_FG COLOR_YELLOW
+#define TAG_SELECTED_BG COLOR_BLUE
+#define TAG_SELECTED_HL TRUE
+
+#define TAG_KEY_FG COLOR_YELLOW
+#define TAG_KEY_BG COLOR_WHITE
+#define TAG_KEY_HL TRUE
+
+#define TAG_KEY_SELECTED_FG COLOR_YELLOW
+#define TAG_KEY_SELECTED_BG COLOR_BLUE
+#define TAG_KEY_SELECTED_HL TRUE
+
+#define CHECK_FG COLOR_BLACK
+#define CHECK_BG COLOR_WHITE
+#define CHECK_HL FALSE
+
+#define CHECK_SELECTED_FG COLOR_WHITE
+#define CHECK_SELECTED_BG COLOR_BLUE
+#define CHECK_SELECTED_HL TRUE
+
+#define UARROW_FG COLOR_GREEN
+#define UARROW_BG COLOR_WHITE
+#define UARROW_HL TRUE
+
+#define DARROW_FG COLOR_GREEN
+#define DARROW_BG COLOR_WHITE
+#define DARROW_HL TRUE
+
+/* End of default color definitions */
+
+#define C_ATTR(x,y) ((x ? A_BOLD : 0) | COLOR_PAIR((y)))
+#define COLOR_NAME_LEN 10
+#define COLOR_COUNT 8
+
+/*
+ * Global variables
+ */
+
+typedef struct {
+ char name[COLOR_NAME_LEN];
+ int value;
+} color_names_st;
+
+extern color_names_st color_names[];
+extern int color_table[][3];
diff --git a/config/conf.c b/config/conf.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..08e2895d8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/config/conf.c
@@ -0,0 +1,601 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2002 Roman Zippel <zippel@linux-m68k.org>
+ * Released under the terms of the GNU GPL v2.0.
+ */
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <time.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+
+#define LKC_DIRECT_LINK
+#include "lkc.h"
+
+extern int output_mode;
+
+static void conf(struct menu *menu);
+static void check_conf(struct menu *menu);
+
+enum {
+ ask_all,
+ ask_new,
+ ask_silent,
+ set_default,
+ set_yes,
+ set_mod,
+ ask_mod,
+ set_no,
+ set_random
+} input_mode = ask_all;
+char *defconfig_file;
+
+static int indent = 1;
+static int valid_stdin = 1;
+static int conf_cnt;
+static int press_enter = 0;
+static char line[128];
+static struct menu *rootEntry;
+
+static char nohelp_text[] = "Sorry, no help available for this option yet.\n";
+
+static void strip(char *str)
+{
+ char *p = str;
+ int l;
+
+ while ((isspace(*p)))
+ p++;
+ l = strlen(p);
+ if (p != str)
+ memmove(str, p, l + 1);
+ if (!l)
+ return;
+ p = str + l - 1;
+ while ((isspace(*p)))
+ *p-- = 0;
+}
+
+static void check_stdin(void)
+{
+ if (!valid_stdin && input_mode == ask_silent && !press_enter) {
+ printf("aborted!\n\n");
+ printf("Console input/output is redirected. ");
+ printf("Run 'make oldconfig' to update configuration.\n\n");
+ exit(1);
+ }
+}
+
+static void conf_askvalue(struct symbol *sym, const char *def)
+{
+ enum symbol_type type = sym_get_type(sym);
+ tristate val;
+
+ if (!sym_has_value(sym))
+ printf("(NEW) ");
+
+ line[0] = '\n';
+ line[1] = 0;
+
+ if (!sym_is_changable(sym)) {
+ printf("%s\n", def);
+ line[0] = '\n';
+ line[1] = 0;
+ return;
+ }
+
+ switch (input_mode) {
+ case ask_new:
+ case ask_silent:
+ if (sym_has_value(sym) ||
+ (output_mode && !(sym->flags & SYMBOL_WRITE))) {
+ printf("%s\n", def);
+ return;
+ }
+ check_stdin();
+ case ask_all:
+ fflush(stdout);
+ fgets(line, 128, stdin);
+ return;
+ case set_default:
+ printf("%s\n", def);
+ return;
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+
+ switch (type) {
+ case S_INT:
+ case S_HEX:
+ case S_STRING:
+ printf("%s\n", def);
+ return;
+ default:
+ ;
+ }
+ switch (input_mode) {
+ case set_yes:
+ if (sym_tristate_within_range(sym, yes)) {
+ line[0] = 'y';
+ line[1] = '\n';
+ line[2] = 0;
+ break;
+ }
+ case ask_mod:
+ case set_mod:
+ if (type == S_TRISTATE) {
+ if (sym_tristate_within_range(sym, mod)) {
+ line[0] = 'm';
+ line[1] = '\n';
+ line[2] = 0;
+ break;
+ }
+ } else {
+ if (sym_tristate_within_range(sym, yes)) {
+ line[0] = 'y';
+ line[1] = '\n';
+ line[2] = 0;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ case set_no:
+ if (sym_tristate_within_range(sym, no)) {
+ line[0] = 'n';
+ line[1] = '\n';
+ line[2] = 0;
+ break;
+ }
+ case set_random:
+ do {
+ val = (tristate)(random() % 3);
+ } while (!sym_tristate_within_range(sym, val));
+ switch (val) {
+ case no: line[0] = 'n'; break;
+ case mod: line[0] = 'm'; break;
+ case yes: line[0] = 'y'; break;
+ }
+ line[1] = '\n';
+ line[2] = 0;
+ break;
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+ printf("%s", line);
+}
+
+int conf_string(struct menu *menu)
+{
+ struct symbol *sym = menu->sym;
+ const char *def, *help;
+
+ while (1) {
+ printf("%*s%s ", indent - 1, "", menu->prompt->text);
+ printf("(%s) ", sym->name);
+ def = sym_get_string_value(sym);
+ if (sym_get_string_value(sym))
+ printf("[%s] ", def);
+ conf_askvalue(sym, def);
+ switch (line[0]) {
+ case '\n':
+ break;
+ case '?':
+ /* print help */
+ if (line[1] == '\n') {
+ help = nohelp_text;
+ if (menu->sym->help)
+ help = menu->sym->help;
+ printf("\n%s\n", menu->sym->help);
+ def = NULL;
+ break;
+ }
+ default:
+ line[strlen(line)-1] = 0;
+ def = line;
+ }
+ if (def && sym_set_string_value(sym, def))
+ return 0;
+ }
+}
+
+static int conf_sym(struct menu *menu)
+{
+ struct symbol *sym = menu->sym;
+ int type;
+ tristate oldval, newval;
+ const char *help;
+
+ while (1) {
+ printf("%*s%s ", indent - 1, "", menu->prompt->text);
+ if (sym->name)
+ printf("(%s) ", sym->name);
+ type = sym_get_type(sym);
+ putchar('[');
+ oldval = sym_get_tristate_value(sym);
+ switch (oldval) {
+ case no:
+ putchar('N');
+ break;
+ case mod:
+ putchar('M');
+ break;
+ case yes:
+ putchar('Y');
+ break;
+ }
+ if (oldval != no && sym_tristate_within_range(sym, no))
+ printf("/n");
+ if (oldval != mod && sym_tristate_within_range(sym, mod))
+ printf("/m");
+ if (oldval != yes && sym_tristate_within_range(sym, yes))
+ printf("/y");
+ if (sym->help)
+ printf("/?");
+ printf("] ");
+ conf_askvalue(sym, sym_get_string_value(sym));
+ strip(line);
+
+ switch (line[0]) {
+ case 'n':
+ case 'N':
+ newval = no;
+ if (!line[1] || !strcmp(&line[1], "o"))
+ break;
+ continue;
+ case 'm':
+ case 'M':
+ newval = mod;
+ if (!line[1])
+ break;
+ continue;
+ case 'y':
+ case 'Y':
+ newval = yes;
+ if (!line[1] || !strcmp(&line[1], "es"))
+ break;
+ continue;
+ case 0:
+ newval = oldval;
+ break;
+ case '?':
+ goto help;
+ default:
+ continue;
+ }
+ if (sym_set_tristate_value(sym, newval))
+ return 0;
+help:
+ help = nohelp_text;
+ if (sym->help)
+ help = sym->help;
+ printf("\n%s\n", help);
+ }
+}
+
+static int conf_choice(struct menu *menu)
+{
+ struct symbol *sym, *def_sym;
+ struct menu *child;
+ int type;
+ bool is_new;
+
+ sym = menu->sym;
+ type = sym_get_type(sym);
+ is_new = !sym_has_value(sym);
+ if (sym_is_changable(sym)) {
+ conf_sym(menu);
+ sym_calc_value(sym);
+ switch (sym_get_tristate_value(sym)) {
+ case no:
+ return 1;
+ case mod:
+ return 0;
+ case yes:
+ break;
+ }
+ } else {
+ switch (sym_get_tristate_value(sym)) {
+ case no:
+ return 1;
+ case mod:
+ printf("%*s%s\n", indent - 1, "", menu_get_prompt(menu));
+ return 0;
+ case yes:
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ while (1) {
+ int cnt, def;
+
+ printf("%*s%s\n", indent - 1, "", menu_get_prompt(menu));
+ def_sym = sym_get_choice_value(sym);
+ cnt = def = 0;
+ line[0] = '0';
+ line[1] = 0;
+ for (child = menu->list; child; child = child->next) {
+ if (!menu_is_visible(child))
+ continue;
+ if (!child->sym) {
+ printf("%*c %s\n", indent, '*', menu_get_prompt(child));
+ continue;
+ }
+ cnt++;
+ if (child->sym == def_sym) {
+ def = cnt;
+ printf("%*c", indent, '>');
+ } else
+ printf("%*c", indent, ' ');
+ printf(" %d. %s", cnt, menu_get_prompt(child));
+ if (child->sym->name)
+ printf(" (%s)", child->sym->name);
+ if (!sym_has_value(child->sym))
+ printf(" (NEW)");
+ printf("\n");
+ }
+ printf("%*schoice", indent - 1, "");
+ if (cnt == 1) {
+ printf("[1]: 1\n");
+ goto conf_childs;
+ }
+ printf("[1-%d", cnt);
+ if (sym->help)
+ printf("?");
+ printf("]: ");
+ switch (input_mode) {
+ case ask_new:
+ case ask_silent:
+ if (!is_new) {
+ cnt = def;
+ printf("%d\n", cnt);
+ break;
+ }
+ check_stdin();
+ case ask_all:
+ fflush(stdout);
+ fgets(line, 128, stdin);
+ strip(line);
+ if (line[0] == '?') {
+ printf("\n%s\n", menu->sym->help ?
+ menu->sym->help : nohelp_text);
+ continue;
+ }
+ if (!line[0])
+ cnt = def;
+ else if (isdigit(line[0]))
+ cnt = atoi(line);
+ else
+ continue;
+ break;
+ case set_random:
+ def = (random() % cnt) + 1;
+ case set_default:
+ case set_yes:
+ case set_mod:
+ case set_no:
+ case ask_mod:
+ cnt = def;
+ printf("%d\n", cnt);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ conf_childs:
+ for (child = menu->list; child; child = child->next) {
+ if (!child->sym || !menu_is_visible(child))
+ continue;
+ if (!--cnt)
+ break;
+ }
+ if (!child)
+ continue;
+ if (line[strlen(line) - 1] == '?') {
+ printf("\n%s\n", child->sym->help ?
+ child->sym->help : nohelp_text);
+ continue;
+ }
+ sym_set_choice_value(sym, child->sym);
+ if (child->list) {
+ indent += 2;
+ conf(child->list);
+ indent -= 2;
+ }
+ return 1;
+ }
+}
+
+static void conf(struct menu *menu)
+{
+ struct symbol *sym;
+ struct property *prop;
+ struct menu *child;
+
+ if (!menu_is_visible(menu))
+ return;
+
+ sym = menu->sym;
+ prop = menu->prompt;
+ if (prop) {
+ const char *prompt;
+
+ switch (prop->type) {
+ case P_MENU:
+ if (input_mode == ask_silent && rootEntry != menu) {
+ check_conf(menu);
+ return;
+ }
+ case P_COMMENT:
+ prompt = menu_get_prompt(menu);
+ if (prompt)
+ printf("%*c\n%*c %s\n%*c\n",
+ indent, '*',
+ indent, '*', prompt,
+ indent, '*');
+ default:
+ ;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (!sym)
+ goto conf_childs;
+
+ if (sym_is_choice(sym)) {
+ conf_choice(menu);
+ if (sym->curr.tri != mod)
+ return;
+ goto conf_childs;
+ }
+
+ switch (sym->type) {
+ case S_INT:
+ case S_HEX:
+ case S_STRING:
+ conf_string(menu);
+ break;
+ default:
+ conf_sym(menu);
+ break;
+ }
+
+conf_childs:
+ if (sym)
+ indent += 2;
+ for (child = menu->list; child; child = child->next)
+ conf(child);
+ if (sym)
+ indent -= 2;
+}
+
+static void check_conf(struct menu *menu)
+{
+ struct symbol *sym;
+ struct menu *child;
+
+ if (!menu_is_visible(menu))
+ return;
+
+ sym = menu->sym;
+ if (sym) {
+ if (sym_is_changable(sym) && !sym_has_value(sym)) {
+ if (!conf_cnt++)
+ printf("*\n* Restart config...\n*\n");
+ rootEntry = menu_get_parent_menu(menu);
+ conf(rootEntry);
+ }
+ if (sym_is_choice(sym) && sym_get_tristate_value(sym) != mod)
+ return;
+ }
+
+ for (child = menu->list; child; child = child->next)
+ check_conf(child);
+}
+
+int main(int ac, char **av)
+{
+ int i = 1;
+ const char *name;
+ struct stat tmpstat;
+
+ if (ac > i && av[i][0] == '-') {
+ switch (av[i++][1]) {
+ case 'A':
+ output_mode = 1;
+ /* FALLTHROUGH */
+ case 'o':
+ input_mode = ask_new;
+ break;
+ case 'a':
+ input_mode = ask_new;
+ press_enter = 1;
+ break;
+ case 's':
+ input_mode = ask_silent;
+ valid_stdin = isatty(0) && isatty(1) && isatty(2);
+ break;
+ case 'd':
+ input_mode = set_default;
+ break;
+ case 'D':
+ input_mode = set_default;
+ defconfig_file = av[i++];
+ if (!defconfig_file) {
+ printf("%s: No default config file specified\n",
+ av[0]);
+ exit(1);
+ }
+ break;
+ case 'n':
+ input_mode = set_no;
+ break;
+ case 'M':
+ input_mode = ask_mod;
+ break;
+ case 'm':
+ input_mode = set_mod;
+ break;
+ case 'y':
+ input_mode = set_yes;
+ break;
+ case 'r':
+ input_mode = set_random;
+ srandom(time(NULL));
+ break;
+ case 'h':
+ case '?':
+ printf("%s [-o|-s] config\n", av[0]);
+ exit(0);
+ }
+ }
+ name = av[i];
+ if (!name) {
+ printf("%s: configuration file missing\n", av[0]);
+ }
+ conf_parse(name);
+ //zconfdump(stdout);
+ switch (input_mode) {
+ case set_default:
+ if (!defconfig_file)
+ defconfig_file = conf_get_default_confname();
+ if (conf_read(defconfig_file)) {
+ printf("***\n"
+ "*** Can't find default configuration \"%s\"!\n"
+ "***\n", defconfig_file);
+ exit(1);
+ }
+ break;
+ case ask_silent:
+ if (stat(".config", &tmpstat)) {
+ printf("***\n"
+ "*** You have not yet configured OpenADK!\n"
+ "***\n"
+ "*** Please run some configurator (e.g. \"make oldconfig\" or\n"
+ "*** \"make menuconfig\" or \"make config\").\n"
+ "***\n");
+ exit(1);
+ }
+ case ask_all:
+ case ask_new:
+ case ask_mod:
+ conf_read(NULL);
+ break;
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if (input_mode != ask_silent) {
+ rootEntry = &rootmenu;
+ conf(&rootmenu);
+ if (input_mode == ask_all) {
+ input_mode = ask_silent;
+ valid_stdin = 1;
+ }
+ }
+ do {
+ conf_cnt = 0;
+ check_conf(&rootmenu);
+ } while (conf_cnt);
+ if (conf_write(NULL)) {
+ fprintf(stderr, "\n*** Error during writing of the OpenADK configuration.\n\n");
+ return 1;
+ }
+ return 0;
+}
diff --git a/config/confdata.c b/config/confdata.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3bebe2c22
--- /dev/null
+++ b/config/confdata.c
@@ -0,0 +1,449 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2002 Roman Zippel <zippel@linux-m68k.org>
+ * Released under the terms of the GNU GPL v2.0.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#define LKC_DIRECT_LINK
+#include "lkc.h"
+
+int output_mode = 0;
+
+const char conf_def_filename[] = ".config";
+
+const char conf_defname[] = "Config.default";
+
+const char *conf_confnames[] = {
+ ".config",
+ conf_defname,
+ NULL,
+};
+
+static char *conf_expand_value(const char *in)
+{
+ struct symbol *sym;
+ const char *src;
+ static char res_value[SYMBOL_MAXLENGTH];
+ char *dst, name[SYMBOL_MAXLENGTH];
+
+ res_value[0] = 0;
+ dst = name;
+ while ((src = strchr(in, '$'))) {
+ strncat(res_value, in, src - in);
+ src++;
+ dst = name;
+ while (isalnum(*src) || *src == '_')
+ *dst++ = *src++;
+ *dst = 0;
+ sym = sym_lookup(name, 0);
+ sym_calc_value(sym);
+ strcat(res_value, sym_get_string_value(sym));
+ in = src;
+ }
+ strcat(res_value, in);
+
+ return res_value;
+}
+
+char *conf_get_default_confname(void)
+{
+ struct stat buf;
+ static char fullname[PATH_MAX+1];
+ char *env, *name;
+
+ name = conf_expand_value(conf_defname);
+ env = getenv(SRCTREE);
+ if (env) {
+ sprintf(fullname, "%s/%s", env, name);
+ if (!stat(fullname, &buf))
+ return fullname;
+ }
+ return name;
+}
+
+int conf_read(const char *name)
+{
+ FILE *in = NULL;
+ char line[2048];
+ char *p, *p2;
+ int lineno = 0;
+ struct symbol *sym;
+ struct property *prop;
+ struct expr *e;
+ int i;
+
+ if (name) {
+ in = zconf_fopen(name);
+ } else {
+ const char **names = conf_confnames;
+ while ((name = *names++)) {
+ name = conf_expand_value(name);
+ in = zconf_fopen(name);
+ if (in) {
+ printf("#\n"
+ "# using defaults found in %s\n"
+ "#\n", name);
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (!in)
+ return 1;
+
+ for_all_symbols(i, sym) {
+ sym->flags |= SYMBOL_NEW | SYMBOL_CHANGED;
+ sym->flags &= ~SYMBOL_VALID;
+ switch (sym->type) {
+ case S_INT:
+ case S_HEX:
+ case S_STRING:
+ if (sym->user.val)
+ free(sym->user.val);
+ default:
+ sym->user.val = NULL;
+ sym->user.tri = no;
+ }
+ }
+
+ while (fgets(line, sizeof(line), in)) {
+ lineno++;
+ sym = NULL;
+ switch (line[0]) {
+ case '#':
+ if (line[1]!=' ')
+ continue;
+ p = strchr(line + 2, ' ');
+ if (!p)
+ continue;
+ *p++ = 0;
+ if (strncmp(p, "is not set", 10))
+ continue;
+ sym = sym_find(line + 2);
+ if (!sym) {
+ fprintf(stderr, "%s:%d: trying to assign nonexistent symbol %s\n", name, lineno, line + 2);
+ break;
+ }
+ switch (sym->type) {
+ case S_BOOLEAN:
+ case S_TRISTATE:
+ sym->user.tri = no;
+ sym->flags &= ~SYMBOL_NEW;
+ break;
+ default:
+ ;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case 'A' ... 'Z':
+ p = strchr(line, '=');
+ if (!p)
+ continue;
+ *p++ = 0;
+ p2 = strchr(p, '\n');
+ if (p2)
+ *p2 = 0;
+ sym = sym_find(line);
+ if (!sym) {
+ fprintf(stderr, "%s:%d: trying to assign nonexistent symbol %s\n", name, lineno, line);
+ break;
+ }
+ switch (sym->type) {
+ case S_TRISTATE:
+ if (p[0] == 'm') {
+ sym->user.tri = mod;
+ sym->flags &= ~SYMBOL_NEW;
+ break;
+ }
+ case S_BOOLEAN:
+ if (p[0] == 'y') {
+ sym->user.tri = yes;
+ sym->flags &= ~SYMBOL_NEW;
+ break;
+ }
+ if (p[0] == 'n') {
+ sym->user.tri = no;
+ sym->flags &= ~SYMBOL_NEW;
+ break;
+ }
+ break;
+ case S_STRING:
+ if (*p++ != '"')
+ break;
+ for (p2 = p; (p2 = strpbrk(p2, "\"\\")); p2++) {
+ if (*p2 == '"') {
+ *p2 = 0;
+ break;
+ }
+ memmove(p2, p2 + 1, strlen(p2));
+ }
+ if (!p2) {
+ fprintf(stderr, "%s:%d: invalid string found\n", name, lineno);
+ exit(1);
+ }
+ case S_INT:
+ case S_HEX:
+ if (sym_string_valid(sym, p)) {
+ sym->user.val = strdup(p);
+ sym->flags &= ~SYMBOL_NEW;
+ } else {
+ fprintf(stderr, "%s:%d: symbol value '%s' invalid for %s\n", name, lineno, p, sym->name);
+ exit(1);
+ }
+ break;
+ default:
+ ;
+ }
+ break;
+ case '\n':
+ break;
+ default:
+ continue;
+ }
+ if (sym && sym_is_choice_value(sym)) {
+ struct symbol *cs = prop_get_symbol(sym_get_choice_prop(sym));
+ switch (sym->user.tri) {
+ case no:
+ break;
+ case mod:
+ if (cs->user.tri == yes)
+ /* warn? */;
+ break;
+ case yes:
+ if (cs->user.tri != no)
+ /* warn? */;
+ cs->user.val = sym;
+ break;
+ }
+ cs->user.tri = E_OR(cs->user.tri, sym->user.tri);
+ cs->flags &= ~SYMBOL_NEW;
+ }
+ }
+ fclose(in);
+
+ if (modules_sym)
+ sym_calc_value(modules_sym);
+ for_all_symbols(i, sym) {
+ sym_calc_value(sym);
+ if (sym_has_value(sym) && !sym_is_choice_value(sym)) {
+ if (sym->visible == no)
+ sym->flags |= SYMBOL_NEW;
+ switch (sym->type) {
+ case S_STRING:
+ case S_INT:
+ case S_HEX:
+ if (!sym_string_within_range(sym, sym->user.val))
+ sym->flags |= SYMBOL_NEW;
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ if (!sym_is_choice(sym))
+ continue;
+ prop = sym_get_choice_prop(sym);
+ for (e = prop->expr; e; e = e->left.expr)
+ if (e->right.sym->visible != no)
+ sym->flags |= e->right.sym->flags & SYMBOL_NEW;
+ }
+
+ sym_change_count = 1;
+
+ return 0;
+}
+
+int conf_write(const char *name)
+{
+ FILE *out, *out_h;
+ struct symbol *sym;
+ struct menu *menu;
+ const char *basename;
+ char dirname[128], tmpname[128], newname[128];
+ int type, l;
+ const char *str;
+
+ dirname[0] = 0;
+ if (name && name[0]) {
+ struct stat st;
+ char *slash;
+
+ if (!stat(name, &st) && S_ISDIR(st.st_mode)) {
+ strcpy(dirname, name);
+ strcat(dirname, "/");
+ basename = conf_def_filename;
+ } else if ((slash = strrchr(name, '/'))) {
+ int size = slash - name + 1;
+ memcpy(dirname, name, size);
+ dirname[size] = 0;
+ if (slash[1])
+ basename = slash + 1;
+ else
+ basename = conf_def_filename;
+ } else
+ basename = name;
+ } else
+ basename = conf_def_filename;
+
+ sprintf(newname, "%s.tmpconfig.%d", dirname, getpid());
+ out = fopen(newname, "w");
+ if (!out)
+ return 1;
+ out_h = NULL;
+ if (!name) {
+ out_h = fopen(".tmpconfig.h", "w");
+ if (!out_h)
+ return 1;
+ }
+ fprintf(out, "#\n"
+ "# Automatically generated make config: don't edit\n"
+ "#\n");
+ if (out_h) {
+ fprintf(out_h, "/*\n"
+ " * Automatically generated header file: don't edit\n"
+ " */\n\n"
+ "#define AUTOCONF_INCLUDED\n\n"
+ "/* Version Number */\n"
+ "#define BB_VER \"%s\"\n"
+ "#define BB_BT \"%s\"\n",
+ getenv("VERSION"),
+ getenv("BUILDTIME"));
+ if (getenv("EXTRA_VERSION"))
+ fprintf(out_h, "#define BB_EXTRA_VERSION \"%s\"\n",
+ getenv("EXTRA_VERSION"));
+ fprintf(out_h, "\n");
+ }
+
+ if (!sym_change_count)
+ sym_clear_all_valid();
+
+ menu = rootmenu.list;
+ while (menu) {
+ sym = menu->sym;
+ if (!sym) {
+ if (!menu_is_visible(menu))
+ goto next;
+ str = menu_get_prompt(menu);
+ fprintf(out, "\n"
+ "#\n"
+ "# %s\n"
+ "#\n", str);
+ if (out_h)
+ fprintf(out_h, "\n"
+ "/*\n"
+ " * %s\n"
+ " */\n", str);
+ } else if (!(sym->flags & SYMBOL_CHOICE)) {
+ sym_calc_value(sym);
+ if (!(sym->flags & SYMBOL_WRITE) && !output_mode)
+ goto next;
+ sym->flags &= ~SYMBOL_WRITE;
+ type = sym->type;
+ if (type == S_TRISTATE) {
+ sym_calc_value(modules_sym);
+ if (modules_sym->curr.tri == no)
+ type = S_BOOLEAN;
+ }
+ switch (type) {
+ case S_BOOLEAN:
+ case S_TRISTATE:
+ switch (sym_get_tristate_value(sym)) {
+ case no:
+ fprintf(out, "# %s is not set\n", sym->name);
+ if (out_h)
+ fprintf(out_h, "#undef %s\n", sym->name);
+ break;
+ case mod:
+ fprintf(out, "%s=m\n", sym->name);
+#if 0
+ if (out_h)
+ fprintf(out_h, "#define %s_MODULE 1\n", sym->name);
+#endif
+ break;
+ case yes:
+ fprintf(out, "%s=y\n", sym->name);
+ if (out_h)
+ fprintf(out_h, "#define %s 1\n", sym->name);
+ break;
+ }
+ break;
+ case S_STRING:
+ // fix me
+ str = sym_get_string_value(sym);
+ fprintf(out, "%s=\"", sym->name);
+ if (out_h)
+ fprintf(out_h, "#define %s \"", sym->name);
+ do {
+ l = strcspn(str, "\"\\");
+ if (l) {
+ fwrite(str, l, 1, out);
+ if (out_h)
+ fwrite(str, l, 1, out_h);
+ }
+ str += l;
+ while (*str == '\\' || *str == '"') {
+ fprintf(out, "\\%c", *str);
+ if (out_h)
+ fprintf(out_h, "\\%c", *str);
+ str++;
+ }
+ } while (*str);
+ fputs("\"\n", out);
+ if (out_h)
+ fputs("\"\n", out_h);
+ break;
+ case S_HEX:
+ str = sym_get_string_value(sym);
+ if (str[0] != '0' || (str[1] != 'x' && str[1] != 'X')) {
+ fprintf(out, "%s=%s\n", sym->name, str);
+ if (out_h)
+ fprintf(out_h, "#define %s 0x%s\n", sym->name, str);
+ break;
+ }
+ case S_INT:
+ str = sym_get_string_value(sym);
+ fprintf(out, "%s=%s\n", sym->name, str);
+ if (out_h)
+ fprintf(out_h, "#define %s %s\n", sym->name, str);
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ next:
+ if (menu->list) {
+ menu = menu->list;
+ continue;
+ }
+ if (menu->next)
+ menu = menu->next;
+ else while ((menu = menu->parent)) {
+ if (menu->next) {
+ menu = menu->next;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ fclose(out);
+ if (out_h) {
+ fclose(out_h);
+ rename(".tmpconfig.h", "include/config.h");
+ file_write_dep(NULL);
+ }
+ if (!name || basename != conf_def_filename) {
+ if (!name)
+ name = conf_def_filename;
+ sprintf(tmpname, "%s.old", name);
+ rename(name, tmpname);
+ }
+ sprintf(tmpname, "%s%s", dirname, basename);
+ if (rename(newname, tmpname))
+ return 1;
+
+ sym_change_count = 0;
+
+ return 0;
+}
diff --git a/config/dialog.h b/config/dialog.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6486cc8f7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/config/dialog.h
@@ -0,0 +1,196 @@
+
+/*
+ * dialog.h -- common declarations for all dialog modules
+ *
+ * AUTHOR: Savio Lam (lam836@cs.cuhk.hk)
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#ifdef CURSES_LOC
+#include CURSES_LOC
+
+/*
+ * Colors in ncurses 1.9.9e do not work properly since foreground and
+ * background colors are OR'd rather than separately masked. This version
+ * of dialog was hacked to work with ncurses 1.9.9e, making it incompatible
+ * with standard curses. The simplest fix (to make this work with standard
+ * curses) uses the wbkgdset() function, not used in the original hack.
+ * Turn it off if we're building with 1.9.9e, since it just confuses things.
+ */
+#if defined(NCURSES_VERSION) && defined(_NEED_WRAP) && !defined(GCC_PRINTFLIKE)
+#define OLD_NCURSES 1
+#undef wbkgdset
+#define wbkgdset(w,p) /*nothing*/
+#else
+#define OLD_NCURSES 0
+#endif
+
+#define TR(params) _tracef params
+
+#define ESC 27
+#define TAB 9
+#define MAX_LEN 2048
+#define BUF_SIZE (10*1024)
+#define MIN(x,y) (x < y ? x : y)
+#define MAX(x,y) (x > y ? x : y)
+
+
+#ifndef ACS_ULCORNER
+#define ACS_ULCORNER '+'
+#endif
+#ifndef ACS_LLCORNER
+#define ACS_LLCORNER '+'
+#endif
+#ifndef ACS_URCORNER
+#define ACS_URCORNER '+'
+#endif
+#ifndef ACS_LRCORNER
+#define ACS_LRCORNER '+'
+#endif
+#ifndef ACS_HLINE
+#define ACS_HLINE '-'
+#endif
+#ifndef ACS_VLINE
+#define ACS_VLINE '|'
+#endif
+#ifndef ACS_LTEE
+#define ACS_LTEE '+'
+#endif
+#ifndef ACS_RTEE
+#define ACS_RTEE '+'
+#endif
+#ifndef ACS_UARROW
+#define ACS_UARROW '^'
+#endif
+#ifndef ACS_DARROW
+#define ACS_DARROW 'v'
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Attribute names
+ */
+#define screen_attr attributes[0]
+#define shadow_attr attributes[1]
+#define dialog_attr attributes[2]
+#define title_attr attributes[3]
+#define border_attr attributes[4]
+#define button_active_attr attributes[5]
+#define button_inactive_attr attributes[6]
+#define button_key_active_attr attributes[7]
+#define button_key_inactive_attr attributes[8]
+#define button_label_active_attr attributes[9]
+#define button_label_inactive_attr attributes[10]
+#define inputbox_attr attributes[11]
+#define inputbox_border_attr attributes[12]
+#define searchbox_attr attributes[13]
+#define searchbox_title_attr attributes[14]
+#define searchbox_border_attr attributes[15]
+#define position_indicator_attr attributes[16]
+#define menubox_attr attributes[17]
+#define menubox_border_attr attributes[18]
+#define item_attr attributes[19]
+#define item_selected_attr attributes[20]
+#define tag_attr attributes[21]
+#define tag_selected_attr attributes[22]
+#define tag_key_attr attributes[23]
+#define tag_key_selected_attr attributes[24]
+#define check_attr attributes[25]
+#define check_selected_attr attributes[26]
+#define uarrow_attr attributes[27]
+#define darrow_attr attributes[28]
+
+/* number of attributes */
+#define ATTRIBUTE_COUNT 29
+
+/*
+ * Global variables
+ */
+extern bool use_colors;
+
+extern chtype attributes[];
+#endif
+
+extern char *backtitle;
+
+struct dialog_list_item {
+ char *name;
+ int namelen;
+ char *tag;
+ int selected; /* Set to 1 by dialog_*() function. */
+};
+
+/*
+ * Function prototypes
+ */
+
+void init_dialog (void);
+void end_dialog (void);
+void dialog_clear (void);
+#ifdef CURSES_LOC
+void attr_clear (WINDOW * win, int height, int width, chtype attr);
+void color_setup (void);
+void print_autowrap (WINDOW * win, const char *prompt, int width, int y, int x);
+void print_button (WINDOW * win, const char *label, int y, int x, int selected);
+void draw_box (WINDOW * win, int y, int x, int height, int width, chtype box,
+ chtype border);
+void draw_shadow (WINDOW * win, int y, int x, int height, int width);
+#endif
+
+int first_alpha (const char *string, const char *exempt);
+int dialog_yesno (const char *title, const char *prompt, int height, int width);
+int dialog_msgbox (const char *title, const char *prompt, int height,
+ int width, int pause);
+int dialog_textbox (const char *title, const char *file, int height, int width);
+int dialog_menu (const char *title, const char *prompt, int height, int width,
+ int menu_height, const char *choice, int item_no,
+ struct dialog_list_item ** items);
+int dialog_checklist (const char *title, const char *prompt, int height,
+ int width, int list_height, int item_no,
+ struct dialog_list_item ** items, int flag);
+extern unsigned char dialog_input_result[];
+int dialog_inputbox (const char *title, const char *prompt, int height,
+ int width, const char *init);
+
+struct dialog_list_item *first_sel_item(int item_no,
+ struct dialog_list_item ** items);
+
+/*
+ * This is the base for fictitious keys, which activate
+ * the buttons.
+ *
+ * Mouse-generated keys are the following:
+ * -- the first 32 are used as numbers, in addition to '0'-'9'
+ * -- the lowercase are used to signal mouse-enter events (M_EVENT + 'o')
+ * -- uppercase chars are used to invoke the button (M_EVENT + 'O')
+ */
+#ifdef CURSES_LOC
+#define M_EVENT (KEY_MAX+1)
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+ * The `flag' parameter in checklist is used to select between
+ * radiolist and checklist
+ */
+#define FLAG_CHECK 1
+#define FLAG_RADIO 0
diff --git a/config/expr.c b/config/expr.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..10f45232b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/config/expr.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1089 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2002 Roman Zippel <zippel@linux-m68k.org>
+ * Released under the terms of the GNU GPL v2.0.
+ */
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#define LKC_DIRECT_LINK
+#include "lkc.h"
+
+#define DEBUG_EXPR 0
+
+struct expr *expr_alloc_symbol(struct symbol *sym)
+{
+ struct expr *e = malloc(sizeof(*e));
+ memset(e, 0, sizeof(*e));
+ e->type = E_SYMBOL;
+ e->left.sym = sym;
+ return e;
+}
+
+struct expr *expr_alloc_one(enum expr_type type, struct expr *ce)
+{
+ struct expr *e = malloc(sizeof(*e));
+ memset(e, 0, sizeof(*e));
+ e->type = type;
+ e->left.expr = ce;
+ return e;
+}
+
+struct expr *expr_alloc_two(enum expr_type type, struct expr *e1, struct expr *e2)
+{
+ struct expr *e = malloc(sizeof(*e));
+ memset(e, 0, sizeof(*e));
+ e->type = type;
+ e->left.expr = e1;
+ e->right.expr = e2;
+ return e;
+}
+
+struct expr *expr_alloc_comp(enum expr_type type, struct symbol *s1, struct symbol *s2)
+{
+ struct expr *e = malloc(sizeof(*e));
+ memset(e, 0, sizeof(*e));
+ e->type = type;
+ e->left.sym = s1;
+ e->right.sym = s2;
+ return e;
+}
+
+struct expr *expr_alloc_and(struct expr *e1, struct expr *e2)
+{
+ if (!e1)
+ return e2;
+ return e2 ? expr_alloc_two(E_AND, e1, e2) : e1;
+}
+
+struct expr *expr_alloc_or(struct expr *e1, struct expr *e2)
+{
+ if (!e1)
+ return e2;
+ return e2 ? expr_alloc_two(E_OR, e1, e2) : e1;
+}
+
+struct expr *expr_copy(struct expr *org)
+{
+ struct expr *e;
+
+ if (!org)
+ return NULL;
+
+ e = malloc(sizeof(*org));
+ memcpy(e, org, sizeof(*org));
+ switch (org->type) {
+ case E_SYMBOL:
+ e->left = org->left;
+ break;
+ case E_NOT:
+ e->left.expr = expr_copy(org->left.expr);
+ break;
+ case E_EQUAL:
+ case E_UNEQUAL:
+ e->left.sym = org->left.sym;
+ e->right.sym = org->right.sym;
+ break;
+ case E_AND:
+ case E_OR:
+ case E_CHOICE:
+ e->left.expr = expr_copy(org->left.expr);
+ e->right.expr = expr_copy(org->right.expr);
+ break;
+ default:
+ printf("can't copy type %d\n", e->type);
+ free(e);
+ e = NULL;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ return e;
+}
+
+void expr_free(struct expr *e)
+{
+ if (!e)
+ return;
+
+ switch (e->type) {
+ case E_SYMBOL:
+ break;
+ case E_NOT:
+ expr_free(e->left.expr);
+ return;
+ case E_EQUAL:
+ case E_UNEQUAL:
+ break;
+ case E_OR:
+ case E_AND:
+ expr_free(e->left.expr);
+ expr_free(e->right.expr);
+ break;
+ default:
+ printf("how to free type %d?\n", e->type);
+ break;
+ }
+ free(e);
+}
+
+static int trans_count;
+
+#define e1 (*ep1)
+#define e2 (*ep2)
+
+static void __expr_eliminate_eq(enum expr_type type, struct expr **ep1, struct expr **ep2)
+{
+ if (e1->type == type) {
+ __expr_eliminate_eq(type, &e1->left.expr, &e2);
+ __expr_eliminate_eq(type, &e1->right.expr, &e2);
+ return;
+ }
+ if (e2->type == type) {
+ __expr_eliminate_eq(type, &e1, &e2->left.expr);
+ __expr_eliminate_eq(type, &e1, &e2->right.expr);
+ return;
+ }
+ if (e1->type == E_SYMBOL && e2->type == E_SYMBOL &&
+ e1->left.sym == e2->left.sym && (e1->left.sym->flags & (SYMBOL_YES|SYMBOL_NO)))
+ return;
+ if (!expr_eq(e1, e2))
+ return;
+ trans_count++;
+ expr_free(e1); expr_free(e2);
+ switch (type) {
+ case E_OR:
+ e1 = expr_alloc_symbol(&symbol_no);
+ e2 = expr_alloc_symbol(&symbol_no);
+ break;
+ case E_AND:
+ e1 = expr_alloc_symbol(&symbol_yes);
+ e2 = expr_alloc_symbol(&symbol_yes);
+ break;
+ default:
+ ;
+ }
+}
+
+void expr_eliminate_eq(struct expr **ep1, struct expr **ep2)
+{
+ if (!e1 || !e2)
+ return;
+ switch (e1->type) {
+ case E_OR:
+ case E_AND:
+ __expr_eliminate_eq(e1->type, ep1, ep2);
+ default:
+ ;
+ }
+ if (e1->type != e2->type) switch (e2->type) {
+ case E_OR:
+ case E_AND:
+ __expr_eliminate_eq(e2->type, ep1, ep2);
+ default:
+ ;
+ }
+ e1 = expr_eliminate_yn(e1);
+ e2 = expr_eliminate_yn(e2);
+}
+
+#undef e1
+#undef e2
+
+int expr_eq(struct expr *e1, struct expr *e2)
+{
+ int res, old_count;
+
+ if (e1->type != e2->type)
+ return 0;
+ switch (e1->type) {
+ case E_EQUAL:
+ case E_UNEQUAL:
+ return e1->left.sym == e2->left.sym && e1->right.sym == e2->right.sym;
+ case E_SYMBOL:
+ return e1->left.sym == e2->left.sym;
+ case E_NOT:
+ return expr_eq(e1->left.expr, e2->left.expr);
+ case E_AND:
+ case E_OR:
+ e1 = expr_copy(e1);
+ e2 = expr_copy(e2);
+ old_count = trans_count;
+ expr_eliminate_eq(&e1, &e2);
+ res = (e1->type == E_SYMBOL && e2->type == E_SYMBOL &&
+ e1->left.sym == e2->left.sym);
+ expr_free(e1);
+ expr_free(e2);
+ trans_count = old_count;
+ return res;
+ case E_CHOICE:
+ case E_RANGE:
+ case E_NONE:
+ /* panic */;
+ }
+
+ if (DEBUG_EXPR) {
+ expr_fprint(e1, stdout);
+ printf(" = ");
+ expr_fprint(e2, stdout);
+ printf(" ?\n");
+ }
+
+ return 0;
+}
+
+struct expr *expr_eliminate_yn(struct expr *e)
+{
+ struct expr *tmp;
+
+ if (e) switch (e->type) {
+ case E_AND:
+ e->left.expr = expr_eliminate_yn(e->left.expr);
+ e->right.expr = expr_eliminate_yn(e->right.expr);
+ if (e->left.expr->type == E_SYMBOL) {
+ if (e->left.expr->left.sym == &symbol_no) {
+ expr_free(e->left.expr);
+ expr_free(e->right.expr);
+ e->type = E_SYMBOL;
+ e->left.sym = &symbol_no;
+ e->right.expr = NULL;
+ return e;
+ } else if (e->left.expr->left.sym == &symbol_yes) {
+ free(e->left.expr);
+ tmp = e->right.expr;
+ *e = *(e->right.expr);
+ free(tmp);
+ return e;
+ }
+ }
+ if (e->right.expr->type == E_SYMBOL) {
+ if (e->right.expr->left.sym == &symbol_no) {
+ expr_free(e->left.expr);
+ expr_free(e->right.expr);
+ e->type = E_SYMBOL;
+ e->left.sym = &symbol_no;
+ e->right.expr = NULL;
+ return e;
+ } else if (e->right.expr->left.sym == &symbol_yes) {
+ free(e->right.expr);
+ tmp = e->left.expr;
+ *e = *(e->left.expr);
+ free(tmp);
+ return e;
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+ case E_OR:
+ e->left.expr = expr_eliminate_yn(e->left.expr);
+ e->right.expr = expr_eliminate_yn(e->right.expr);
+ if (e->left.expr->type == E_SYMBOL) {
+ if (e->left.expr->left.sym == &symbol_no) {
+ free(e->left.expr);
+ tmp = e->right.expr;
+ *e = *(e->right.expr);
+ free(tmp);
+ return e;
+ } else if (e->left.expr->left.sym == &symbol_yes) {
+ expr_free(e->left.expr);
+ expr_free(e->right.expr);
+ e->type = E_SYMBOL;
+ e->left.sym = &symbol_yes;
+ e->right.expr = NULL;
+ return e;
+ }
+ }
+ if (e->right.expr->type == E_SYMBOL) {
+ if (e->right.expr->left.sym == &symbol_no) {
+ free(e->right.expr);
+ tmp = e->left.expr;
+ *e = *(e->left.expr);
+ free(tmp);
+ return e;
+ } else if (e->right.expr->left.sym == &symbol_yes) {
+ expr_free(e->left.expr);
+ expr_free(e->right.expr);
+ e->type = E_SYMBOL;
+ e->left.sym = &symbol_yes;
+ e->right.expr = NULL;
+ return e;
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+ default:
+ ;
+ }
+ return e;
+}
+
+/*
+ * bool FOO!=n => FOO
+ */
+struct expr *expr_trans_bool(struct expr *e)
+{
+ if (!e)
+ return NULL;
+ switch (e->type) {
+ case E_AND:
+ case E_OR:
+ case E_NOT:
+ e->left.expr = expr_trans_bool(e->left.expr);
+ e->right.expr = expr_trans_bool(e->right.expr);
+ break;
+ case E_UNEQUAL:
+ // FOO!=n -> FOO
+ if (e->left.sym->type == S_TRISTATE) {
+ if (e->right.sym == &symbol_no) {
+ e->type = E_SYMBOL;
+ e->right.sym = NULL;
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+ default:
+ ;
+ }
+ return e;
+}
+
+/*
+ * e1 || e2 -> ?
+ */
+struct expr *expr_join_or(struct expr *e1, struct expr *e2)
+{
+ struct expr *tmp;
+ struct symbol *sym1, *sym2;
+
+ if (expr_eq(e1, e2))
+ return expr_copy(e1);
+ if (e1->type != E_EQUAL && e1->type != E_UNEQUAL && e1->type != E_SYMBOL && e1->type != E_NOT)
+ return NULL;
+ if (e2->type != E_EQUAL && e2->type != E_UNEQUAL && e2->type != E_SYMBOL && e2->type != E_NOT)
+ return NULL;
+ if (e1->type == E_NOT) {
+ tmp = e1->left.expr;
+ if (tmp->type != E_EQUAL && tmp->type != E_UNEQUAL && tmp->type != E_SYMBOL)
+ return NULL;
+ sym1 = tmp->left.sym;
+ } else
+ sym1 = e1->left.sym;
+ if (e2->type == E_NOT) {
+ if (e2->left.expr->type != E_SYMBOL)
+ return NULL;
+ sym2 = e2->left.expr->left.sym;
+ } else
+ sym2 = e2->left.sym;
+ if (sym1 != sym2)
+ return NULL;
+ if (sym1->type != S_BOOLEAN && sym1->type != S_TRISTATE)
+ return NULL;
+ if (sym1->type == S_TRISTATE) {
+ if (e1->type == E_EQUAL && e2->type == E_EQUAL &&
+ ((e1->right.sym == &symbol_yes && e2->right.sym == &symbol_mod) ||
+ (e1->right.sym == &symbol_mod && e2->right.sym == &symbol_yes))) {
+ // (a='y') || (a='m') -> (a!='n')
+ return expr_alloc_comp(E_UNEQUAL, sym1, &symbol_no);
+ }
+ if (e1->type == E_EQUAL && e2->type == E_EQUAL &&
+ ((e1->right.sym == &symbol_yes && e2->right.sym == &symbol_no) ||
+ (e1->right.sym == &symbol_no && e2->right.sym == &symbol_yes))) {
+ // (a='y') || (a='n') -> (a!='m')
+ return expr_alloc_comp(E_UNEQUAL, sym1, &symbol_mod);
+ }
+ if (e1->type == E_EQUAL && e2->type == E_EQUAL &&
+ ((e1->right.sym == &symbol_mod && e2->right.sym == &symbol_no) ||
+ (e1->right.sym == &symbol_no && e2->right.sym == &symbol_mod))) {
+ // (a='m') || (a='n') -> (a!='y')
+ return expr_alloc_comp(E_UNEQUAL, sym1, &symbol_yes);
+ }
+ }
+ if (sym1->type == S_BOOLEAN && sym1 == sym2) {
+ if ((e1->type == E_NOT && e1->left.expr->type == E_SYMBOL && e2->type == E_SYMBOL) ||
+ (e2->type == E_NOT && e2->left.expr->type == E_SYMBOL && e1->type == E_SYMBOL))
+ return expr_alloc_symbol(&symbol_yes);
+ }
+
+ if (DEBUG_EXPR) {
+ printf("optimize (");
+ expr_fprint(e1, stdout);
+ printf(") || (");
+ expr_fprint(e2, stdout);
+ printf(")?\n");
+ }
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+struct expr *expr_join_and(struct expr *e1, struct expr *e2)
+{
+ struct expr *tmp;
+ struct symbol *sym1, *sym2;
+
+ if (expr_eq(e1, e2))
+ return expr_copy(e1);
+ if (e1->type != E_EQUAL && e1->type != E_UNEQUAL && e1->type != E_SYMBOL && e1->type != E_NOT)
+ return NULL;
+ if (e2->type != E_EQUAL && e2->type != E_UNEQUAL && e2->type != E_SYMBOL && e2->type != E_NOT)
+ return NULL;
+ if (e1->type == E_NOT) {
+ tmp = e1->left.expr;
+ if (tmp->type != E_EQUAL && tmp->type != E_UNEQUAL && tmp->type != E_SYMBOL)
+ return NULL;
+ sym1 = tmp->left.sym;
+ } else
+ sym1 = e1->left.sym;
+ if (e2->type == E_NOT) {
+ if (e2->left.expr->type != E_SYMBOL)
+ return NULL;
+ sym2 = e2->left.expr->left.sym;
+ } else
+ sym2 = e2->left.sym;
+ if (sym1 != sym2)
+ return NULL;
+ if (sym1->type != S_BOOLEAN && sym1->type != S_TRISTATE)
+ return NULL;
+
+ if ((e1->type == E_SYMBOL && e2->type == E_EQUAL && e2->right.sym == &symbol_yes) ||
+ (e2->type == E_SYMBOL && e1->type == E_EQUAL && e1->right.sym == &symbol_yes))
+ // (a) && (a='y') -> (a='y')
+ return expr_alloc_comp(E_EQUAL, sym1, &symbol_yes);
+
+ if ((e1->type == E_SYMBOL && e2->type == E_UNEQUAL && e2->right.sym == &symbol_no) ||
+ (e2->type == E_SYMBOL && e1->type == E_UNEQUAL && e1->right.sym == &symbol_no))
+ // (a) && (a!='n') -> (a)
+ return expr_alloc_symbol(sym1);
+
+ if ((e1->type == E_SYMBOL && e2->type == E_UNEQUAL && e2->right.sym == &symbol_mod) ||
+ (e2->type == E_SYMBOL && e1->type == E_UNEQUAL && e1->right.sym == &symbol_mod))
+ // (a) && (a!='m') -> (a='y')
+ return expr_alloc_comp(E_EQUAL, sym1, &symbol_yes);
+
+ if (sym1->type == S_TRISTATE) {
+ if (e1->type == E_EQUAL && e2->type == E_UNEQUAL) {
+ // (a='b') && (a!='c') -> 'b'='c' ? 'n' : a='b'
+ sym2 = e1->right.sym;
+ if ((e2->right.sym->flags & SYMBOL_CONST) && (sym2->flags & SYMBOL_CONST))
+ return sym2 != e2->right.sym ? expr_alloc_comp(E_EQUAL, sym1, sym2)
+ : expr_alloc_symbol(&symbol_no);
+ }
+ if (e1->type == E_UNEQUAL && e2->type == E_EQUAL) {
+ // (a='b') && (a!='c') -> 'b'='c' ? 'n' : a='b'
+ sym2 = e2->right.sym;
+ if ((e1->right.sym->flags & SYMBOL_CONST) && (sym2->flags & SYMBOL_CONST))
+ return sym2 != e1->right.sym ? expr_alloc_comp(E_EQUAL, sym1, sym2)
+ : expr_alloc_symbol(&symbol_no);
+ }
+ if (e1->type == E_UNEQUAL && e2->type == E_UNEQUAL &&
+ ((e1->right.sym == &symbol_yes && e2->right.sym == &symbol_no) ||
+ (e1->right.sym == &symbol_no && e2->right.sym == &symbol_yes)))
+ // (a!='y') && (a!='n') -> (a='m')
+ return expr_alloc_comp(E_EQUAL, sym1, &symbol_mod);
+
+ if (e1->type == E_UNEQUAL && e2->type == E_UNEQUAL &&
+ ((e1->right.sym == &symbol_yes && e2->right.sym == &symbol_mod) ||
+ (e1->right.sym == &symbol_mod && e2->right.sym == &symbol_yes)))
+ // (a!='y') && (a!='m') -> (a='n')
+ return expr_alloc_comp(E_EQUAL, sym1, &symbol_no);
+
+ if (e1->type == E_UNEQUAL && e2->type == E_UNEQUAL &&
+ ((e1->right.sym == &symbol_mod && e2->right.sym == &symbol_no) ||
+ (e1->right.sym == &symbol_no && e2->right.sym == &symbol_mod)))
+ // (a!='m') && (a!='n') -> (a='m')
+ return expr_alloc_comp(E_EQUAL, sym1, &symbol_yes);
+
+ if ((e1->type == E_SYMBOL && e2->type == E_EQUAL && e2->right.sym == &symbol_mod) ||
+ (e2->type == E_SYMBOL && e1->type == E_EQUAL && e1->right.sym == &symbol_mod) ||
+ (e1->type == E_SYMBOL && e2->type == E_UNEQUAL && e2->right.sym == &symbol_yes) ||
+ (e2->type == E_SYMBOL && e1->type == E_UNEQUAL && e1->right.sym == &symbol_yes))
+ return NULL;
+ }
+
+ if (DEBUG_EXPR) {
+ printf("optimize (");
+ expr_fprint(e1, stdout);
+ printf(") && (");
+ expr_fprint(e2, stdout);
+ printf(")?\n");
+ }
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+static void expr_eliminate_dups1(enum expr_type type, struct expr **ep1, struct expr **ep2)
+{
+#define e1 (*ep1)
+#define e2 (*ep2)
+ struct expr *tmp;
+
+ if (e1->type == type) {
+ expr_eliminate_dups1(type, &e1->left.expr, &e2);
+ expr_eliminate_dups1(type, &e1->right.expr, &e2);
+ return;
+ }
+ if (e2->type == type) {
+ expr_eliminate_dups1(type, &e1, &e2->left.expr);
+ expr_eliminate_dups1(type, &e1, &e2->right.expr);
+ return;
+ }
+ if (e1 == e2)
+ return;
+
+ switch (e1->type) {
+ case E_OR: case E_AND:
+ expr_eliminate_dups1(e1->type, &e1, &e1);
+ default:
+ ;
+ }
+
+ switch (type) {
+ case E_OR:
+ tmp = expr_join_or(e1, e2);
+ if (tmp) {
+ expr_free(e1); expr_free(e2);
+ e1 = expr_alloc_symbol(&symbol_no);
+ e2 = tmp;
+ trans_count++;
+ }
+ break;
+ case E_AND:
+ tmp = expr_join_and(e1, e2);
+ if (tmp) {
+ expr_free(e1); expr_free(e2);
+ e1 = expr_alloc_symbol(&symbol_yes);
+ e2 = tmp;
+ trans_count++;
+ }
+ break;
+ default:
+ ;
+ }
+#undef e1
+#undef e2
+}
+
+static void expr_eliminate_dups2(enum expr_type type, struct expr **ep1, struct expr **ep2)
+{
+#define e1 (*ep1)
+#define e2 (*ep2)
+ struct expr *tmp, *tmp1, *tmp2;
+
+ if (e1->type == type) {
+ expr_eliminate_dups2(type, &e1->left.expr, &e2);
+ expr_eliminate_dups2(type, &e1->right.expr, &e2);
+ return;
+ }
+ if (e2->type == type) {
+ expr_eliminate_dups2(type, &e1, &e2->left.expr);
+ expr_eliminate_dups2(type, &e1, &e2->right.expr);
+ }
+ if (e1 == e2)
+ return;
+
+ switch (e1->type) {
+ case E_OR:
+ expr_eliminate_dups2(e1->type, &e1, &e1);
+ // (FOO || BAR) && (!FOO && !BAR) -> n
+ tmp1 = expr_transform(expr_alloc_one(E_NOT, expr_copy(e1)));
+ tmp2 = expr_copy(e2);
+ tmp = expr_extract_eq_and(&tmp1, &tmp2);
+ if (expr_is_yes(tmp1)) {
+ expr_free(e1);
+ e1 = expr_alloc_symbol(&symbol_no);
+ trans_count++;
+ }
+ expr_free(tmp2);
+ expr_free(tmp1);
+ expr_free(tmp);
+ break;
+ case E_AND:
+ expr_eliminate_dups2(e1->type, &e1, &e1);
+ // (FOO && BAR) || (!FOO || !BAR) -> y
+ tmp1 = expr_transform(expr_alloc_one(E_NOT, expr_copy(e1)));
+ tmp2 = expr_copy(e2);
+ tmp = expr_extract_eq_or(&tmp1, &tmp2);
+ if (expr_is_no(tmp1)) {
+ expr_free(e1);
+ e1 = expr_alloc_symbol(&symbol_yes);
+ trans_count++;
+ }
+ expr_free(tmp2);
+ expr_free(tmp1);
+ expr_free(tmp);
+ break;
+ default:
+ ;
+ }
+#undef e1
+#undef e2
+}
+
+struct expr *expr_eliminate_dups(struct expr *e)
+{
+ int oldcount;
+ if (!e)
+ return e;
+
+ oldcount = trans_count;
+ while (1) {
+ trans_count = 0;
+ switch (e->type) {
+ case E_OR: case E_AND:
+ expr_eliminate_dups1(e->type, &e, &e);
+ expr_eliminate_dups2(e->type, &e, &e);
+ default:
+ ;
+ }
+ if (!trans_count)
+ break;
+ e = expr_eliminate_yn(e);
+ }
+ trans_count = oldcount;
+ return e;
+}
+
+struct expr *expr_transform(struct expr *e)
+{
+ struct expr *tmp;
+
+ if (!e)
+ return NULL;
+ switch (e->type) {
+ case E_EQUAL:
+ case E_UNEQUAL:
+ case E_SYMBOL:
+ case E_CHOICE:
+ break;
+ default:
+ e->left.expr = expr_transform(e->left.expr);
+ e->right.expr = expr_transform(e->right.expr);
+ }
+
+ switch (e->type) {
+ case E_EQUAL:
+ if (e->left.sym->type != S_BOOLEAN)
+ break;
+ if (e->right.sym == &symbol_no) {
+ e->type = E_NOT;
+ e->left.expr = expr_alloc_symbol(e->left.sym);
+ e->right.sym = NULL;
+ break;
+ }
+ if (e->right.sym == &symbol_mod) {
+ printf("boolean symbol %s tested for 'm'? test forced to 'n'\n", e->left.sym->name);
+ e->type = E_SYMBOL;
+ e->left.sym = &symbol_no;
+ e->right.sym = NULL;
+ break;
+ }
+ if (e->right.sym == &symbol_yes) {
+ e->type = E_SYMBOL;
+ e->right.sym = NULL;
+ break;
+ }
+ break;
+ case E_UNEQUAL:
+ if (e->left.sym->type != S_BOOLEAN)
+ break;
+ if (e->right.sym == &symbol_no) {
+ e->type = E_SYMBOL;
+ e->right.sym = NULL;
+ break;
+ }
+ if (e->right.sym == &symbol_mod) {
+ printf("boolean symbol %s tested for 'm'? test forced to 'y'\n", e->left.sym->name);
+ e->type = E_SYMBOL;
+ e->left.sym = &symbol_yes;
+ e->right.sym = NULL;
+ break;
+ }
+ if (e->right.sym == &symbol_yes) {
+ e->type = E_NOT;
+ e->left.expr = expr_alloc_symbol(e->left.sym);
+ e->right.sym = NULL;
+ break;
+ }
+ break;
+ case E_NOT:
+ switch (e->left.expr->type) {
+ case E_NOT:
+ // !!a -> a
+ tmp = e->left.expr->left.expr;
+ free(e->left.expr);
+ free(e);
+ e = tmp;
+ e = expr_transform(e);
+ break;
+ case E_EQUAL:
+ case E_UNEQUAL:
+ // !a='x' -> a!='x'
+ tmp = e->left.expr;
+ free(e);
+ e = tmp;
+ e->type = e->type == E_EQUAL ? E_UNEQUAL : E_EQUAL;
+ break;
+ case E_OR:
+ // !(a || b) -> !a && !b
+ tmp = e->left.expr;
+ e->type = E_AND;
+ e->right.expr = expr_alloc_one(E_NOT, tmp->right.expr);
+ tmp->type = E_NOT;
+ tmp->right.expr = NULL;
+ e = expr_transform(e);
+ break;
+ case E_AND:
+ // !(a && b) -> !a || !b
+ tmp = e->left.expr;
+ e->type = E_OR;
+ e->right.expr = expr_alloc_one(E_NOT, tmp->right.expr);
+ tmp->type = E_NOT;
+ tmp->right.expr = NULL;
+ e = expr_transform(e);
+ break;
+ case E_SYMBOL:
+ if (e->left.expr->left.sym == &symbol_yes) {
+ // !'y' -> 'n'
+ tmp = e->left.expr;
+ free(e);
+ e = tmp;
+ e->type = E_SYMBOL;
+ e->left.sym = &symbol_no;
+ break;
+ }
+ if (e->left.expr->left.sym == &symbol_mod) {
+ // !'m' -> 'm'
+ tmp = e->left.expr;
+ free(e);
+ e = tmp;
+ e->type = E_SYMBOL;
+ e->left.sym = &symbol_mod;
+ break;
+ }
+ if (e->left.expr->left.sym == &symbol_no) {
+ // !'n' -> 'y'
+ tmp = e->left.expr;
+ free(e);
+ e = tmp;
+ e->type = E_SYMBOL;
+ e->left.sym = &symbol_yes;
+ break;
+ }
+ break;
+ default:
+ ;
+ }
+ break;
+ default:
+ ;
+ }
+ return e;
+}
+
+int expr_contains_symbol(struct expr *dep, struct symbol *sym)
+{
+ if (!dep)
+ return 0;
+
+ switch (dep->type) {
+ case E_AND:
+ case E_OR:
+ return expr_contains_symbol(dep->left.expr, sym) ||
+ expr_contains_symbol(dep->right.expr, sym);
+ case E_SYMBOL:
+ return dep->left.sym == sym;
+ case E_EQUAL:
+ case E_UNEQUAL:
+ return dep->left.sym == sym ||
+ dep->right.sym == sym;
+ case E_NOT:
+ return expr_contains_symbol(dep->left.expr, sym);
+ default:
+ ;
+ }
+ return 0;
+}
+
+bool expr_depends_symbol(struct expr *dep, struct symbol *sym)
+{
+ if (!dep)
+ return false;
+
+ switch (dep->type) {
+ case E_AND:
+ return expr_depends_symbol(dep->left.expr, sym) ||
+ expr_depends_symbol(dep->right.expr, sym);
+ case E_SYMBOL:
+ return dep->left.sym == sym;
+ case E_EQUAL:
+ if (dep->left.sym == sym) {
+ if (dep->right.sym == &symbol_yes || dep->right.sym == &symbol_mod)
+ return true;
+ }
+ break;
+ case E_UNEQUAL:
+ if (dep->left.sym == sym) {
+ if (dep->right.sym == &symbol_no)
+ return true;
+ }
+ break;
+ default:
+ ;
+ }
+ return false;
+}
+
+struct expr *expr_extract_eq_and(struct expr **ep1, struct expr **ep2)
+{
+ struct expr *tmp = NULL;
+ expr_extract_eq(E_AND, &tmp, ep1, ep2);
+ if (tmp) {
+ *ep1 = expr_eliminate_yn(*ep1);
+ *ep2 = expr_eliminate_yn(*ep2);
+ }
+ return tmp;
+}
+
+struct expr *expr_extract_eq_or(struct expr **ep1, struct expr **ep2)
+{
+ struct expr *tmp = NULL;
+ expr_extract_eq(E_OR, &tmp, ep1, ep2);
+ if (tmp) {
+ *ep1 = expr_eliminate_yn(*ep1);
+ *ep2 = expr_eliminate_yn(*ep2);
+ }
+ return tmp;
+}
+
+void expr_extract_eq(enum expr_type type, struct expr **ep, struct expr **ep1, struct expr **ep2)
+{
+#define e1 (*ep1)
+#define e2 (*ep2)
+ if (e1->type == type) {
+ expr_extract_eq(type, ep, &e1->left.expr, &e2);
+ expr_extract_eq(type, ep, &e1->right.expr, &e2);
+ return;
+ }
+ if (e2->type == type) {
+ expr_extract_eq(type, ep, ep1, &e2->left.expr);
+ expr_extract_eq(type, ep, ep1, &e2->right.expr);
+ return;
+ }
+ if (expr_eq(e1, e2)) {
+ *ep = *ep ? expr_alloc_two(type, *ep, e1) : e1;
+ expr_free(e2);
+ if (type == E_AND) {
+ e1 = expr_alloc_symbol(&symbol_yes);
+ e2 = expr_alloc_symbol(&symbol_yes);
+ } else if (type == E_OR) {
+ e1 = expr_alloc_symbol(&symbol_no);
+ e2 = expr_alloc_symbol(&symbol_no);
+ }
+ }
+#undef e1
+#undef e2
+}
+
+struct expr *expr_trans_compare(struct expr *e, enum expr_type type, struct symbol *sym)
+{
+ struct expr *e1, *e2;
+
+ if (!e) {
+ e = expr_alloc_symbol(sym);
+ if (type == E_UNEQUAL)
+ e = expr_alloc_one(E_NOT, e);
+ return e;
+ }
+ switch (e->type) {
+ case E_AND:
+ e1 = expr_trans_compare(e->left.expr, E_EQUAL, sym);
+ e2 = expr_trans_compare(e->right.expr, E_EQUAL, sym);
+ if (sym == &symbol_yes)
+ e = expr_alloc_two(E_AND, e1, e2);
+ if (sym == &symbol_no)
+ e = expr_alloc_two(E_OR, e1, e2);
+ if (type == E_UNEQUAL)
+ e = expr_alloc_one(E_NOT, e);
+ return e;
+ case E_OR:
+ e1 = expr_trans_compare(e->left.expr, E_EQUAL, sym);
+ e2 = expr_trans_compare(e->right.expr, E_EQUAL, sym);
+ if (sym == &symbol_yes)
+ e = expr_alloc_two(E_OR, e1, e2);
+ if (sym == &symbol_no)
+ e = expr_alloc_two(E_AND, e1, e2);
+ if (type == E_UNEQUAL)
+ e = expr_alloc_one(E_NOT, e);
+ return e;
+ case E_NOT:
+ return expr_trans_compare(e->left.expr, type == E_EQUAL ? E_UNEQUAL : E_EQUAL, sym);
+ case E_UNEQUAL:
+ case E_EQUAL:
+ if (type == E_EQUAL) {
+ if (sym == &symbol_yes)
+ return expr_copy(e);
+ if (sym == &symbol_mod)
+ return expr_alloc_symbol(&symbol_no);
+ if (sym == &symbol_no)
+ return expr_alloc_one(E_NOT, expr_copy(e));
+ } else {
+ if (sym == &symbol_yes)
+ return expr_alloc_one(E_NOT, expr_copy(e));
+ if (sym == &symbol_mod)
+ return expr_alloc_symbol(&symbol_yes);
+ if (sym == &symbol_no)
+ return expr_copy(e);
+ }
+ break;
+ case E_SYMBOL:
+ return expr_alloc_comp(type, e->left.sym, sym);
+ case E_CHOICE:
+ case E_RANGE:
+ case E_NONE:
+ /* panic */;
+ }
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+tristate expr_calc_value(struct expr *e)
+{
+ tristate val1, val2;
+ const char *str1, *str2;
+
+ if (!e)
+ return yes;
+
+ switch (e->type) {
+ case E_SYMBOL:
+ sym_calc_value(e->left.sym);
+ return e->left.sym->curr.tri;
+ case E_AND:
+ val1 = expr_calc_value(e->left.expr);
+ val2 = expr_calc_value(e->right.expr);
+ return E_AND(val1, val2);
+ case E_OR:
+ val1 = expr_calc_value(e->left.expr);
+ val2 = expr_calc_value(e->right.expr);
+ return E_OR(val1, val2);
+ case E_NOT:
+ val1 = expr_calc_value(e->left.expr);
+ return E_NOT(val1);
+ case E_EQUAL:
+ sym_calc_value(e->left.sym);
+ sym_calc_value(e->right.sym);
+ str1 = sym_get_string_value(e->left.sym);
+ str2 = sym_get_string_value(e->right.sym);
+ return !strcmp(str1, str2) ? yes : no;
+ case E_UNEQUAL:
+ sym_calc_value(e->left.sym);
+ sym_calc_value(e->right.sym);
+ str1 = sym_get_string_value(e->left.sym);
+ str2 = sym_get_string_value(e->right.sym);
+ return !strcmp(str1, str2) ? no : yes;
+ default:
+ printf("expr_calc_value: %d?\n", e->type);
+ return no;
+ }
+}
+
+int expr_compare_type(enum expr_type t1, enum expr_type t2)
+{
+#if 0
+ return 1;
+#else
+ if (t1 == t2)
+ return 0;
+ switch (t1) {
+ case E_EQUAL:
+ case E_UNEQUAL:
+ if (t2 == E_NOT)
+ return 1;
+ case E_NOT:
+ if (t2 == E_AND)
+ return 1;
+ case E_AND:
+ if (t2 == E_OR)
+ return 1;
+ case E_OR:
+ if (t2 == E_CHOICE)
+ return 1;
+ case E_CHOICE:
+ if (t2 == 0)
+ return 1;
+ default:
+ return -1;
+ }
+ printf("[%dgt%d?]", t1, t2);
+ return 0;
+#endif
+}
+
+void expr_print(struct expr *e, void (*fn)(void *, const char *), void *data, int prevtoken)
+{
+ if (!e) {
+ fn(data, "y");
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (expr_compare_type(prevtoken, e->type) > 0)
+ fn(data, "(");
+ switch (e->type) {
+ case E_SYMBOL:
+ if (e->left.sym->name)
+ fn(data, e->left.sym->name);
+ else
+ fn(data, "<choice>");
+ break;
+ case E_NOT:
+ fn(data, "!");
+ expr_print(e->left.expr, fn, data, E_NOT);
+ break;
+ case E_EQUAL:
+ fn(data, e->left.sym->name);
+ fn(data, "=");
+ fn(data, e->right.sym->name);
+ break;
+ case E_UNEQUAL:
+ fn(data, e->left.sym->name);
+ fn(data, "!=");
+ fn(data, e->right.sym->name);
+ break;
+ case E_OR:
+ expr_print(e->left.expr, fn, data, E_OR);
+ fn(data, " || ");
+ expr_print(e->right.expr, fn, data, E_OR);
+ break;
+ case E_AND:
+ expr_print(e->left.expr, fn, data, E_AND);
+ fn(data, " && ");
+ expr_print(e->right.expr, fn, data, E_AND);
+ break;
+ case E_CHOICE:
+ fn(data, e->right.sym->name);
+ if (e->left.expr) {
+ fn(data, " ^ ");
+ expr_print(e->left.expr, fn, data, E_CHOICE);
+ }
+ break;
+ case E_RANGE:
+ fn(data, "[");
+ fn(data, e->left.sym->name);
+ fn(data, " ");
+ fn(data, e->right.sym->name);
+ fn(data, "]");
+ break;
+ default:
+ {
+ char buf[32];
+ sprintf(buf, "<unknown type %d>", e->type);
+ fn(data, buf);
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ if (expr_compare_type(prevtoken, e->type) > 0)
+ fn(data, ")");
+}
+
+static void expr_print_file_helper(void *data, const char *str)
+{
+ fwrite(str, strlen(str), 1, data);
+}
+
+void expr_fprint(struct expr *e, FILE *out)
+{
+ expr_print(e, expr_print_file_helper, out, E_NONE);
+}
diff --git a/config/expr.h b/config/expr.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3010013b2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/config/expr.h
@@ -0,0 +1,194 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2002 Roman Zippel <zippel@linux-m68k.org>
+ * Released under the terms of the GNU GPL v2.0.
+ */
+
+#ifndef EXPR_H
+#define EXPR_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#ifndef __cplusplus
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#endif
+
+struct file {
+ struct file *next;
+ struct file *parent;
+ char *name;
+ int lineno;
+ int flags;
+};
+
+#define FILE_BUSY 0x0001
+#define FILE_SCANNED 0x0002
+#define FILE_PRINTED 0x0004
+
+typedef enum tristate {
+ no, mod, yes
+} tristate;
+
+enum expr_type {
+ E_NONE, E_OR, E_AND, E_NOT, E_EQUAL, E_UNEQUAL, E_CHOICE, E_SYMBOL, E_RANGE
+};
+
+union expr_data {
+ struct expr *expr;
+ struct symbol *sym;
+};
+
+struct expr {
+ enum expr_type type;
+ union expr_data left, right;
+};
+
+#define E_OR(dep1, dep2) (((dep1)>(dep2))?(dep1):(dep2))
+#define E_AND(dep1, dep2) (((dep1)<(dep2))?(dep1):(dep2))
+#define E_NOT(dep) (2-(dep))
+
+struct expr_value {
+ struct expr *expr;
+ tristate tri;
+};
+
+struct symbol_value {
+ void *val;
+ tristate tri;
+};
+
+enum symbol_type {
+ S_UNKNOWN, S_BOOLEAN, S_TRISTATE, S_INT, S_HEX, S_STRING, S_OTHER
+};
+
+struct symbol {
+ struct symbol *next;
+ char *name;
+ char *help;
+ enum symbol_type type;
+ struct symbol_value curr, user;
+ tristate visible;
+ int flags;
+ struct property *prop;
+ struct expr *dep, *dep2;
+ struct expr_value rev_dep;
+ struct expr_value rev_dep_inv;
+};
+
+#define for_all_symbols(i, sym) for (i = 0; i < 257; i++) for (sym = symbol_hash[i]; sym; sym = sym->next) if (sym->type != S_OTHER)
+
+#define SYMBOL_YES 0x0001
+#define SYMBOL_MOD 0x0002
+#define SYMBOL_NO 0x0004
+#define SYMBOL_CONST 0x0007
+#define SYMBOL_CHECK 0x0008
+#define SYMBOL_CHOICE 0x0010
+#define SYMBOL_CHOICEVAL 0x0020
+#define SYMBOL_PRINTED 0x0040
+#define SYMBOL_VALID 0x0080
+#define SYMBOL_OPTIONAL 0x0100
+#define SYMBOL_WRITE 0x0200
+#define SYMBOL_CHANGED 0x0400
+#define SYMBOL_NEW 0x0800
+#define SYMBOL_AUTO 0x1000
+#define SYMBOL_CHECKED 0x2000
+#define SYMBOL_CHECK_DONE 0x4000
+#define SYMBOL_WARNED 0x8000
+
+#define SYMBOL_MAXLENGTH 256
+#define SYMBOL_HASHSIZE 257
+#define SYMBOL_HASHMASK 0xff
+
+enum prop_type {
+ P_UNKNOWN, P_PROMPT, P_COMMENT, P_MENU, P_DEFAULT, P_CHOICE, P_SELECT, P_SELECTNOT, P_RANGE
+};
+
+struct property {
+ struct property *next;
+ struct symbol *sym;
+ enum prop_type type;
+ const char *text;
+ struct expr_value visible;
+ struct expr *expr;
+ struct menu *menu;
+ struct file *file;
+ int lineno;
+};
+
+#define for_all_properties(sym, st, tok) \
+ for (st = sym->prop; st; st = st->next) \
+ if (st->type == (tok))
+#define for_all_defaults(sym, st) for_all_properties(sym, st, P_DEFAULT)
+#define for_all_choices(sym, st) for_all_properties(sym, st, P_CHOICE)
+#define for_all_prompts(sym, st) \
+ for (st = sym->prop; st; st = st->next) \
+ if (st->text)
+
+struct menu {
+ struct menu *next;
+ struct menu *parent;
+ struct menu *list;
+ struct symbol *sym;
+ struct property *prompt;
+ struct expr *dep;
+ unsigned int flags;
+ //char *help;
+ struct file *file;
+ int lineno;
+ void *data;
+};
+
+#define MENU_CHANGED 0x0001
+#define MENU_ROOT 0x0002
+
+#ifndef SWIG
+
+extern struct file *file_list;
+extern struct file *current_file;
+struct file *lookup_file(const char *name);
+
+extern struct symbol symbol_yes, symbol_no, symbol_mod;
+extern struct symbol *modules_sym;
+extern int cdebug;
+struct expr *expr_alloc_symbol(struct symbol *sym);
+struct expr *expr_alloc_one(enum expr_type type, struct expr *ce);
+struct expr *expr_alloc_two(enum expr_type type, struct expr *e1, struct expr *e2);
+struct expr *expr_alloc_comp(enum expr_type type, struct symbol *s1, struct symbol *s2);
+struct expr *expr_alloc_and(struct expr *e1, struct expr *e2);
+struct expr *expr_alloc_or(struct expr *e1, struct expr *e2);
+struct expr *expr_copy(struct expr *org);
+void expr_free(struct expr *e);
+int expr_eq(struct expr *e1, struct expr *e2);
+void expr_eliminate_eq(struct expr **ep1, struct expr **ep2);
+tristate expr_calc_value(struct expr *e);
+struct expr *expr_eliminate_yn(struct expr *e);
+struct expr *expr_trans_bool(struct expr *e);
+struct expr *expr_eliminate_dups(struct expr *e);
+struct expr *expr_transform(struct expr *e);
+int expr_contains_symbol(struct expr *dep, struct symbol *sym);
+bool expr_depends_symbol(struct expr *dep, struct symbol *sym);
+struct expr *expr_extract_eq_and(struct expr **ep1, struct expr **ep2);
+struct expr *expr_extract_eq_or(struct expr **ep1, struct expr **ep2);
+void expr_extract_eq(enum expr_type type, struct expr **ep, struct expr **ep1, struct expr **ep2);
+struct expr *expr_trans_compare(struct expr *e, enum expr_type type, struct symbol *sym);
+
+void expr_fprint(struct expr *e, FILE *out);
+
+static inline int expr_is_yes(struct expr *e)
+{
+ return !e || (e->type == E_SYMBOL && e->left.sym == &symbol_yes);
+}
+
+static inline int expr_is_no(struct expr *e)
+{
+ return e && (e->type == E_SYMBOL && e->left.sym == &symbol_no);
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* EXPR_H */
diff --git a/config/glob.c b/config/glob.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b8928b1b6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/config/glob.c
@@ -0,0 +1,848 @@
+/* $OpenBSD: glob.c,v 1.25 2005/08/08 08:05:34 espie Exp $ */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1989, 1993
+ * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Guido van Rossum.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ * without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * glob(3) -- a superset of the one defined in POSIX 1003.2.
+ *
+ * The [!...] convention to negate a range is supported (SysV, Posix, ksh).
+ *
+ * Optional extra services, controlled by flags not defined by POSIX:
+ *
+ * GLOB_QUOTE:
+ * Escaping convention: \ inhibits any special meaning the following
+ * character might have (except \ at end of string is retained).
+ * GLOB_MAGCHAR:
+ * Set in gl_flags if pattern contained a globbing character.
+ * GLOB_NOMAGIC:
+ * Same as GLOB_NOCHECK, but it will only append pattern if it did
+ * not contain any magic characters. [Used in csh style globbing]
+ * GLOB_ALTDIRFUNC:
+ * Use alternately specified directory access functions.
+ * GLOB_TILDE:
+ * expand ~user/foo to the /home/dir/of/user/foo
+ * GLOB_BRACE:
+ * expand {1,2}{a,b} to 1a 1b 2a 2b
+ * gl_matchc:
+ * Number of matches in the current invocation of glob.
+ */
+
+#ifdef __APPLE__
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <dirent.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <glob.h>
+#include <pwd.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#define DOLLAR '$'
+#define DOT '.'
+#define EOS '\0'
+#define LBRACKET '['
+#define NOT '!'
+#define QUESTION '?'
+#define QUOTE '\\'
+#define RANGE '-'
+#define RBRACKET ']'
+#define SEP '/'
+#define STAR '*'
+#define TILDE '~'
+#define UNDERSCORE '_'
+#define LBRACE '{'
+#define RBRACE '}'
+#define SLASH '/'
+#define COMMA ','
+
+#ifndef DEBUG
+
+#define M_QUOTE 0x8000
+#define M_PROTECT 0x4000
+#define M_MASK 0xffff
+#define M_ASCII 0x00ff
+
+typedef u_short Char;
+
+#else
+
+#define M_QUOTE 0x80
+#define M_PROTECT 0x40
+#define M_MASK 0xff
+#define M_ASCII 0x7f
+
+typedef char Char;
+
+#endif
+
+
+#define CHAR(c) ((Char)((c)&M_ASCII))
+#define META(c) ((Char)((c)|M_QUOTE))
+#define M_ALL META('*')
+#define M_END META(']')
+#define M_NOT META('!')
+#define M_ONE META('?')
+#define M_RNG META('-')
+#define M_SET META('[')
+#define ismeta(c) (((c)&M_QUOTE) != 0)
+
+
+static int compare(const void *, const void *);
+static int g_Ctoc(const Char *, char *, u_int);
+static int g_lstat(Char *, struct stat *, glob_t *);
+static DIR *g_opendir(Char *, glob_t *);
+static const Char *g_strchr(const Char *, int);
+static int g_stat(Char *, struct stat *, glob_t *);
+static int glob0(const Char *, glob_t *);
+static int glob1(Char *, Char *, glob_t *, size_t *);
+static int glob2(Char *, Char *, Char *, Char *, Char *, Char *,
+ glob_t *, size_t *);
+static int glob3(Char *, Char *, Char *, Char *, Char *, Char *,
+ Char *, Char *, glob_t *, size_t *);
+static int globextend(const Char *, glob_t *, size_t *);
+static const Char *
+ globtilde(const Char *, Char *, size_t, glob_t *);
+static int globexp1(const Char *, glob_t *);
+static int globexp2(const Char *, const Char *, glob_t *, int *);
+static int match(Char *, Char *, Char *);
+#ifdef DEBUG
+static void qprintf(const char *, Char *);
+#endif
+
+int
+glob(const char *pattern, int flags, int (*errfunc)(const char *, int),
+ glob_t *pglob)
+{
+ const u_char *patnext;
+ int c;
+ Char *bufnext, *bufend, patbuf[MAXPATHLEN];
+
+ patnext = (const u_char *) pattern;
+ if (!(flags & GLOB_APPEND)) {
+ pglob->gl_pathc = 0;
+ pglob->gl_pathv = NULL;
+ if (!(flags & GLOB_DOOFFS))
+ pglob->gl_offs = 0;
+ }
+ pglob->gl_flags = flags & ~GLOB_MAGCHAR;
+ pglob->gl_errfunc = errfunc;
+ pglob->gl_matchc = 0;
+
+ bufnext = patbuf;
+ bufend = bufnext + MAXPATHLEN - 1;
+ if (flags & GLOB_NOESCAPE)
+ while (bufnext < bufend && (c = *patnext++) != EOS)
+ *bufnext++ = c;
+ else {
+ /* Protect the quoted characters. */
+ while (bufnext < bufend && (c = *patnext++) != EOS)
+ if (c == QUOTE) {
+ if ((c = *patnext++) == EOS) {
+ c = QUOTE;
+ --patnext;
+ }
+ *bufnext++ = c | M_PROTECT;
+ } else
+ *bufnext++ = c;
+ }
+ *bufnext = EOS;
+
+ if (flags & GLOB_BRACE)
+ return globexp1(patbuf, pglob);
+ else
+ return glob0(patbuf, pglob);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Expand recursively a glob {} pattern. When there is no more expansion
+ * invoke the standard globbing routine to glob the rest of the magic
+ * characters
+ */
+static int
+globexp1(const Char *pattern, glob_t *pglob)
+{
+ const Char* ptr = pattern;
+ int rv;
+
+ /* Protect a single {}, for find(1), like csh */
+ if (pattern[0] == LBRACE && pattern[1] == RBRACE && pattern[2] == EOS)
+ return glob0(pattern, pglob);
+
+ while ((ptr = g_strchr(ptr, LBRACE)) != NULL)
+ if (!globexp2(ptr, pattern, pglob, &rv))
+ return rv;
+
+ return glob0(pattern, pglob);
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Recursive brace globbing helper. Tries to expand a single brace.
+ * If it succeeds then it invokes globexp1 with the new pattern.
+ * If it fails then it tries to glob the rest of the pattern and returns.
+ */
+static int
+globexp2(const Char *ptr, const Char *pattern, glob_t *pglob, int *rv)
+{
+ int i;
+ Char *lm, *ls;
+ const Char *pe, *pm, *pl;
+ Char patbuf[MAXPATHLEN];
+
+ /* copy part up to the brace */
+ for (lm = patbuf, pm = pattern; pm != ptr; *lm++ = *pm++)
+ ;
+ *lm = EOS;
+ ls = lm;
+
+ /* Find the balanced brace */
+ for (i = 0, pe = ++ptr; *pe; pe++)
+ if (*pe == LBRACKET) {
+ /* Ignore everything between [] */
+ for (pm = pe++; *pe != RBRACKET && *pe != EOS; pe++)
+ ;
+ if (*pe == EOS) {
+ /*
+ * We could not find a matching RBRACKET.
+ * Ignore and just look for RBRACE
+ */
+ pe = pm;
+ }
+ } else if (*pe == LBRACE)
+ i++;
+ else if (*pe == RBRACE) {
+ if (i == 0)
+ break;
+ i--;
+ }
+
+ /* Non matching braces; just glob the pattern */
+ if (i != 0 || *pe == EOS) {
+ *rv = glob0(patbuf, pglob);
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+ for (i = 0, pl = pm = ptr; pm <= pe; pm++) {
+ switch (*pm) {
+ case LBRACKET:
+ /* Ignore everything between [] */
+ for (pl = pm++; *pm != RBRACKET && *pm != EOS; pm++)
+ ;
+ if (*pm == EOS) {
+ /*
+ * We could not find a matching RBRACKET.
+ * Ignore and just look for RBRACE
+ */
+ pm = pl;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case LBRACE:
+ i++;
+ break;
+
+ case RBRACE:
+ if (i) {
+ i--;
+ break;
+ }
+ /* FALLTHROUGH */
+ case COMMA:
+ if (i && *pm == COMMA)
+ break;
+ else {
+ /* Append the current string */
+ for (lm = ls; (pl < pm); *lm++ = *pl++)
+ ;
+
+ /*
+ * Append the rest of the pattern after the
+ * closing brace
+ */
+ for (pl = pe + 1; (*lm++ = *pl++) != EOS; )
+ ;
+
+ /* Expand the current pattern */
+#ifdef DEBUG
+ qprintf("globexp2:", patbuf);
+#endif
+ *rv = globexp1(patbuf, pglob);
+
+ /* move after the comma, to the next string */
+ pl = pm + 1;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ *rv = 0;
+ return 0;
+}
+
+
+
+/*
+ * expand tilde from the passwd file.
+ */
+static const Char *
+globtilde(const Char *pattern, Char *patbuf, size_t patbuf_len, glob_t *pglob)
+{
+ struct passwd *pwd;
+ char *h;
+ const Char *p;
+ Char *b, *eb;
+
+ if (*pattern != TILDE || !(pglob->gl_flags & GLOB_TILDE))
+ return pattern;
+
+ /* Copy up to the end of the string or / */
+ eb = &patbuf[patbuf_len - 1];
+ for (p = pattern + 1, h = (char *) patbuf;
+ h < (char *)eb && *p && *p != SLASH; *h++ = *p++)
+ ;
+
+ *h = EOS;
+
+#if 0
+ if (h == (char *)eb)
+ return what;
+#endif
+
+ if (((char *) patbuf)[0] == EOS) {
+ /*
+ * handle a plain ~ or ~/ by expanding $HOME
+ * first and then trying the password file
+ */
+ if (issetugid() != 0 || (h = getenv("HOME")) == NULL) {
+ if ((pwd = getpwuid(getuid())) == NULL)
+ return pattern;
+ else
+ h = pwd->pw_dir;
+ }
+ } else {
+ /*
+ * Expand a ~user
+ */
+ if ((pwd = getpwnam((char*) patbuf)) == NULL)
+ return pattern;
+ else
+ h = pwd->pw_dir;
+ }
+
+ /* Copy the home directory */
+ for (b = patbuf; b < eb && *h; *b++ = *h++)
+ ;
+
+ /* Append the rest of the pattern */
+ while (b < eb && (*b++ = *p++) != EOS)
+ ;
+ *b = EOS;
+
+ return patbuf;
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * The main glob() routine: compiles the pattern (optionally processing
+ * quotes), calls glob1() to do the real pattern matching, and finally
+ * sorts the list (unless unsorted operation is requested). Returns 0
+ * if things went well, nonzero if errors occurred. It is not an error
+ * to find no matches.
+ */
+static int
+glob0(const Char *pattern, glob_t *pglob)
+{
+ const Char *qpatnext;
+ int c, err, oldpathc;
+ Char *bufnext, patbuf[MAXPATHLEN];
+ size_t limit = 0;
+
+ qpatnext = globtilde(pattern, patbuf, MAXPATHLEN, pglob);
+ oldpathc = pglob->gl_pathc;
+ bufnext = patbuf;
+
+ /* We don't need to check for buffer overflow any more. */
+ while ((c = *qpatnext++) != EOS) {
+ switch (c) {
+ case LBRACKET:
+ c = *qpatnext;
+ if (c == NOT)
+ ++qpatnext;
+ if (*qpatnext == EOS ||
+ g_strchr(qpatnext+1, RBRACKET) == NULL) {
+ *bufnext++ = LBRACKET;
+ if (c == NOT)
+ --qpatnext;
+ break;
+ }
+ *bufnext++ = M_SET;
+ if (c == NOT)
+ *bufnext++ = M_NOT;
+ c = *qpatnext++;
+ do {
+ *bufnext++ = CHAR(c);
+ if (*qpatnext == RANGE &&
+ (c = qpatnext[1]) != RBRACKET) {
+ *bufnext++ = M_RNG;
+ *bufnext++ = CHAR(c);
+ qpatnext += 2;
+ }
+ } while ((c = *qpatnext++) != RBRACKET);
+ pglob->gl_flags |= GLOB_MAGCHAR;
+ *bufnext++ = M_END;
+ break;
+ case QUESTION:
+ pglob->gl_flags |= GLOB_MAGCHAR;
+ *bufnext++ = M_ONE;
+ break;
+ case STAR:
+ pglob->gl_flags |= GLOB_MAGCHAR;
+ /* collapse adjacent stars to one,
+ * to avoid exponential behavior
+ */
+ if (bufnext == patbuf || bufnext[-1] != M_ALL)
+ *bufnext++ = M_ALL;
+ break;
+ default:
+ *bufnext++ = CHAR(c);
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ *bufnext = EOS;
+#ifdef DEBUG
+ qprintf("glob0:", patbuf);
+#endif
+
+ if ((err = glob1(patbuf, patbuf+MAXPATHLEN-1, pglob, &limit)) != 0)
+ return(err);
+
+ /*
+ * If there was no match we are going to append the pattern
+ * if GLOB_NOCHECK was specified or if GLOB_NOMAGIC was specified
+ * and the pattern did not contain any magic characters
+ * GLOB_NOMAGIC is there just for compatibility with csh.
+ */
+ if (pglob->gl_pathc == oldpathc) {
+ if ((pglob->gl_flags & GLOB_NOCHECK) ||
+ ((pglob->gl_flags & GLOB_NOMAGIC) &&
+ !(pglob->gl_flags & GLOB_MAGCHAR)))
+ return(globextend(pattern, pglob, &limit));
+ else
+ return(GLOB_NOMATCH);
+ }
+ if (!(pglob->gl_flags & GLOB_NOSORT))
+ qsort(pglob->gl_pathv + pglob->gl_offs + oldpathc,
+ pglob->gl_pathc - oldpathc, sizeof(char *), compare);
+ return(0);
+}
+
+static int
+compare(const void *p, const void *q)
+{
+ return(strcmp(*(char *const *)p, *(char *const *)q));
+}
+
+static int
+glob1(Char *pattern, Char *pattern_last, glob_t *pglob, size_t *limitp)
+{
+ Char pathbuf[MAXPATHLEN];
+
+ /* A null pathname is invalid -- POSIX 1003.1 sect. 2.4. */
+ if (*pattern == EOS)
+ return(0);
+ return(glob2(pathbuf, pathbuf+MAXPATHLEN-1,
+ pathbuf, pathbuf+MAXPATHLEN-1,
+ pattern, pattern_last, pglob, limitp));
+}
+
+/*
+ * The functions glob2 and glob3 are mutually recursive; there is one level
+ * of recursion for each segment in the pattern that contains one or more
+ * meta characters.
+ */
+static int
+glob2(Char *pathbuf, Char *pathbuf_last, Char *pathend, Char *pathend_last,
+ Char *pattern, Char *pattern_last, glob_t *pglob, size_t *limitp)
+{
+ struct stat sb;
+ Char *p, *q;
+ int anymeta;
+
+ /*
+ * Loop over pattern segments until end of pattern or until
+ * segment with meta character found.
+ */
+ for (anymeta = 0;;) {
+ if (*pattern == EOS) { /* End of pattern? */
+ *pathend = EOS;
+ if (g_lstat(pathbuf, &sb, pglob))
+ return(0);
+
+ if (((pglob->gl_flags & GLOB_MARK) &&
+ pathend[-1] != SEP) && (S_ISDIR(sb.st_mode) ||
+ (S_ISLNK(sb.st_mode) &&
+ (g_stat(pathbuf, &sb, pglob) == 0) &&
+ S_ISDIR(sb.st_mode)))) {
+ if (pathend+1 > pathend_last)
+ return (1);
+ *pathend++ = SEP;
+ *pathend = EOS;
+ }
+ ++pglob->gl_matchc;
+ return(globextend(pathbuf, pglob, limitp));
+ }
+
+ /* Find end of next segment, copy tentatively to pathend. */
+ q = pathend;
+ p = pattern;
+ while (*p != EOS && *p != SEP) {
+ if (ismeta(*p))
+ anymeta = 1;
+ if (q+1 > pathend_last)
+ return (1);
+ *q++ = *p++;
+ }
+
+ if (!anymeta) { /* No expansion, do next segment. */
+ pathend = q;
+ pattern = p;
+ while (*pattern == SEP) {
+ if (pathend+1 > pathend_last)
+ return (1);
+ *pathend++ = *pattern++;
+ }
+ } else
+ /* Need expansion, recurse. */
+ return(glob3(pathbuf, pathbuf_last, pathend,
+ pathend_last, pattern, pattern_last,
+ p, pattern_last, pglob, limitp));
+ }
+ /* NOTREACHED */
+}
+
+static int
+glob3(Char *pathbuf, Char *pathbuf_last, Char *pathend, Char *pathend_last,
+ Char *pattern, Char *pattern_last __attribute__((unused)), Char *restpattern,
+ Char *restpattern_last, glob_t *pglob, size_t *limitp)
+{
+ struct dirent *dp;
+ DIR *dirp;
+ int err;
+ char buf[MAXPATHLEN];
+
+ /*
+ * The readdirfunc declaration can't be prototyped, because it is
+ * assigned, below, to two functions which are prototyped in glob.h
+ * and dirent.h as taking pointers to differently typed opaque
+ * structures.
+ */
+ struct dirent *(*readdirfunc)(void *);
+
+ if (pathend > pathend_last)
+ return (1);
+ *pathend = EOS;
+ errno = 0;
+
+ if ((dirp = g_opendir(pathbuf, pglob)) == NULL) {
+ /* TODO: don't call for ENOENT or ENOTDIR? */
+ if (pglob->gl_errfunc) {
+ if (g_Ctoc(pathbuf, buf, sizeof(buf)))
+ return(GLOB_ABORTED);
+ if (pglob->gl_errfunc(buf, errno) ||
+ pglob->gl_flags & GLOB_ERR)
+ return(GLOB_ABORTED);
+ }
+ return(0);
+ }
+
+ err = 0;
+
+ /* Search directory for matching names. */
+ if (pglob->gl_flags & GLOB_ALTDIRFUNC)
+ readdirfunc = pglob->gl_readdir;
+ else
+ readdirfunc = (struct dirent *(*)(void *))readdir;
+ while ((dp = (*readdirfunc)(dirp))) {
+ u_char *sc;
+ Char *dc;
+
+ /* Initial DOT must be matched literally. */
+ if (dp->d_name[0] == DOT && *pattern != DOT)
+ continue;
+ dc = pathend;
+ sc = (u_char *) dp->d_name;
+ while (dc < pathend_last && (*dc++ = *sc++) != EOS)
+ ;
+ if (dc >= pathend_last) {
+ *dc = EOS;
+ err = 1;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if (!match(pathend, pattern, restpattern)) {
+ *pathend = EOS;
+ continue;
+ }
+ err = glob2(pathbuf, pathbuf_last, --dc, pathend_last,
+ restpattern, restpattern_last, pglob, limitp);
+ if (err)
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if (pglob->gl_flags & GLOB_ALTDIRFUNC)
+ (*pglob->gl_closedir)(dirp);
+ else
+ closedir(dirp);
+ return(err);
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Extend the gl_pathv member of a glob_t structure to accommodate a new item,
+ * add the new item, and update gl_pathc.
+ *
+ * This assumes the BSD realloc, which only copies the block when its size
+ * crosses a power-of-two boundary; for v7 realloc, this would cause quadratic
+ * behavior.
+ *
+ * Return 0 if new item added, error code if memory couldn't be allocated.
+ *
+ * Invariant of the glob_t structure:
+ * Either gl_pathc is zero and gl_pathv is NULL; or gl_pathc > 0 and
+ * gl_pathv points to (gl_offs + gl_pathc + 1) items.
+ */
+static int
+globextend(const Char *path, glob_t *pglob, size_t *limitp)
+{
+ char **pathv;
+ int i;
+ u_int newsize, len;
+ char *copy;
+ const Char *p;
+
+ newsize = sizeof(*pathv) * (2 + pglob->gl_pathc + pglob->gl_offs);
+ pathv = pglob->gl_pathv ? realloc((char *)pglob->gl_pathv, newsize) :
+ malloc(newsize);
+ if (pathv == NULL) {
+ if (pglob->gl_pathv) {
+ free(pglob->gl_pathv);
+ pglob->gl_pathv = NULL;
+ }
+ return(GLOB_NOSPACE);
+ }
+
+ if (pglob->gl_pathv == NULL && pglob->gl_offs > 0) {
+ /* first time around -- clear initial gl_offs items */
+ pathv += pglob->gl_offs;
+ for (i = pglob->gl_offs; --i >= 0; )
+ *--pathv = NULL;
+ }
+ pglob->gl_pathv = pathv;
+
+ for (p = path; *p++;)
+ ;
+ len = (size_t)(p - path);
+ *limitp += len;
+ if ((copy = malloc(len)) != NULL) {
+ if (g_Ctoc(path, copy, len)) {
+ free(copy);
+ return(GLOB_NOSPACE);
+ }
+ pathv[pglob->gl_offs + pglob->gl_pathc++] = copy;
+ }
+ pathv[pglob->gl_offs + pglob->gl_pathc] = NULL;
+
+ if ((pglob->gl_flags & GLOB_LIMIT) &&
+ newsize + *limitp >= ARG_MAX) {
+ errno = 0;
+ return(GLOB_NOSPACE);
+ }
+
+ return(copy == NULL ? GLOB_NOSPACE : 0);
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * pattern matching function for filenames. Each occurrence of the *
+ * pattern causes a recursion level.
+ */
+static int
+match(Char *name, Char *pat, Char *patend)
+{
+ int ok, negate_range;
+ Char c, k;
+
+ while (pat < patend) {
+ c = *pat++;
+ switch (c & M_MASK) {
+ case M_ALL:
+ if (pat == patend)
+ return(1);
+ do {
+ if (match(name, pat, patend))
+ return(1);
+ } while (*name++ != EOS);
+ return(0);
+ case M_ONE:
+ if (*name++ == EOS)
+ return(0);
+ break;
+ case M_SET:
+ ok = 0;
+ if ((k = *name++) == EOS)
+ return(0);
+ if ((negate_range = ((*pat & M_MASK) == M_NOT)) != EOS)
+ ++pat;
+ while (((c = *pat++) & M_MASK) != M_END)
+ if ((*pat & M_MASK) == M_RNG) {
+ if (c <= k && k <= pat[1])
+ ok = 1;
+ pat += 2;
+ } else if (c == k)
+ ok = 1;
+ if (ok == negate_range)
+ return(0);
+ break;
+ default:
+ if (*name++ != c)
+ return(0);
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ return(*name == EOS);
+}
+
+/* Free allocated data belonging to a glob_t structure. */
+void
+globfree(glob_t *pglob)
+{
+ int i;
+ char **pp;
+
+ if (pglob->gl_pathv != NULL) {
+ pp = pglob->gl_pathv + pglob->gl_offs;
+ for (i = pglob->gl_pathc; i--; ++pp)
+ if (*pp)
+ free(*pp);
+ free(pglob->gl_pathv);
+ pglob->gl_pathv = NULL;
+ }
+}
+
+static DIR *
+g_opendir(Char *str, glob_t *pglob)
+{
+ char buf[MAXPATHLEN];
+
+ if (!*str)
+ strlcpy(buf, ".", sizeof buf);
+ else {
+ if (g_Ctoc(str, buf, sizeof(buf)))
+ return(NULL);
+ }
+
+ if (pglob->gl_flags & GLOB_ALTDIRFUNC)
+ return((*pglob->gl_opendir)(buf));
+
+ return(opendir(buf));
+}
+
+static int
+g_lstat(Char *fn, struct stat *sb, glob_t *pglob)
+{
+ char buf[MAXPATHLEN];
+
+ if (g_Ctoc(fn, buf, sizeof(buf)))
+ return(-1);
+ if (pglob->gl_flags & GLOB_ALTDIRFUNC)
+ return((*pglob->gl_lstat)(buf, sb));
+ return(lstat(buf, sb));
+}
+
+static int
+g_stat(Char *fn, struct stat *sb, glob_t *pglob)
+{
+ char buf[MAXPATHLEN];
+
+ if (g_Ctoc(fn, buf, sizeof(buf)))
+ return(-1);
+ if (pglob->gl_flags & GLOB_ALTDIRFUNC)
+ return((*pglob->gl_stat)(buf, sb));
+ return(stat(buf, sb));
+}
+
+static const Char *
+g_strchr(const Char *str, int ch)
+{
+ do {
+ if (*str == ch)
+ return (str);
+ } while (*str++);
+ return (NULL);
+}
+
+static int
+g_Ctoc(const Char *str, char *buf, u_int len)
+{
+
+ while (len--) {
+ if ((*buf++ = *str++) == EOS)
+ return (0);
+ }
+ return (1);
+}
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+static void
+qprintf(const char *str, Char *s)
+{
+ Char *p;
+
+ (void)printf("%s:\n", str);
+ for (p = s; *p; p++)
+ (void)printf("%c", CHAR(*p));
+ (void)printf("\n");
+ for (p = s; *p; p++)
+ (void)printf("%c", *p & M_PROTECT ? '"' : ' ');
+ (void)printf("\n");
+ for (p = s; *p; p++)
+ (void)printf("%c", ismeta(*p) ? '_' : ' ');
+ (void)printf("\n");
+}
+#endif
+#endif
diff --git a/config/glob.h b/config/glob.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..15ade2a04
--- /dev/null
+++ b/config/glob.h
@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
+/* $OpenBSD: glob.h,v 1.9 2004/10/07 16:56:11 millert Exp $ */
+/* $NetBSD: glob.h,v 1.5 1994/10/26 00:55:56 cgd Exp $ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1989, 1993
+ * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Guido van Rossum.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ * without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * @(#)glob.h 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/2/93
+ */
+
+#ifndef __APPLE__
+#include_next <glob.h>
+#else
+#ifndef _GLOB_H_
+#define _GLOB_H_
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+
+struct stat;
+typedef struct {
+ int gl_pathc; /* Count of total paths so far. */
+ int gl_matchc; /* Count of paths matching pattern. */
+ int gl_offs; /* Reserved at beginning of gl_pathv. */
+ int gl_flags; /* Copy of flags parameter to glob. */
+ char **gl_pathv; /* List of paths matching pattern. */
+ /* Copy of errfunc parameter to glob. */
+ int (*gl_errfunc)(const char *, int);
+
+ /*
+ * Alternate filesystem access methods for glob; replacement
+ * versions of closedir(3), readdir(3), opendir(3), stat(2)
+ * and lstat(2).
+ */
+ void (*gl_closedir)(void *);
+ struct dirent *(*gl_readdir)(void *);
+ void *(*gl_opendir)(const char *);
+ int (*gl_lstat)(const char *, struct stat *);
+ int (*gl_stat)(const char *, struct stat *);
+} glob_t;
+
+/* Flags */
+#define GLOB_APPEND 0x0001 /* Append to output from previous call. */
+#define GLOB_DOOFFS 0x0002 /* Use gl_offs. */
+#define GLOB_ERR 0x0004 /* Return on error. */
+#define GLOB_MARK 0x0008 /* Append / to matching directories. */
+#define GLOB_NOCHECK 0x0010 /* Return pattern itself if nothing matches. */
+#define GLOB_NOSORT 0x0020 /* Don't sort. */
+#define GLOB_NOESCAPE 0x1000 /* Disable backslash escaping. */
+
+#ifndef _POSIX_SOURCE
+#define GLOB_ALTDIRFUNC 0x0040 /* Use alternately specified directory funcs. */
+#define GLOB_BRACE 0x0080 /* Expand braces ala csh. */
+#define GLOB_MAGCHAR 0x0100 /* Pattern had globbing characters. */
+#define GLOB_NOMAGIC 0x0200 /* GLOB_NOCHECK without magic chars (csh). */
+#define GLOB_QUOTE 0x0400 /* Quote special chars with \. */
+#define GLOB_TILDE 0x0800 /* Expand tilde names from the passwd file. */
+#define GLOB_LIMIT 0x2000 /* Limit pattern match output to ARG_MAX */
+#endif
+
+/* Error values returned by glob(3) */
+#define GLOB_NOSPACE (-1) /* Malloc call failed. */
+#define GLOB_ABORTED (-2) /* Unignored error. */
+#define GLOB_NOMATCH (-3) /* No match and GLOB_NOCHECK not set. */
+#define GLOB_NOSYS (-4) /* Function not supported. */
+#define GLOB_ABEND GLOB_ABORTED
+
+__BEGIN_DECLS
+int glob(const char *, int, int (*)(const char *, int), glob_t *);
+void globfree(glob_t *);
+__END_DECLS
+
+#endif /* !_GLOB_H_ */
+#endif
diff --git a/config/inputbox.c b/config/inputbox.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8c4c1ce99
--- /dev/null
+++ b/config/inputbox.c
@@ -0,0 +1,240 @@
+/*
+ * inputbox.c -- implements the input box
+ *
+ * ORIGINAL AUTHOR: Savio Lam (lam836@cs.cuhk.hk)
+ * MODIFIED FOR LINUX KERNEL CONFIG BY: William Roadcap (roadcap@cfw.com)
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+ */
+
+#include "dialog.h"
+
+unsigned char dialog_input_result[MAX_LEN + 1];
+
+/*
+ * Print the termination buttons
+ */
+static void
+print_buttons(WINDOW *dialog, int height, int width, int selected)
+{
+ int x = width / 2 - 11;
+ int y = height - 2;
+
+ print_button (dialog, " Ok ", y, x, selected==0);
+ print_button (dialog, " Help ", y, x + 14, selected==1);
+
+ wmove(dialog, y, x+1+14*selected);
+ wrefresh(dialog);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Display a dialog box for inputing a string
+ */
+int
+dialog_inputbox (const char *title, const char *prompt, int height, int width,
+ const char *init)
+{
+ int i, x, y, box_y, box_x, box_width;
+ int input_x = 0, scroll = 0, key = 0, button = -1;
+ char *instr = (char*)dialog_input_result;
+ WINDOW *dialog;
+
+ /* center dialog box on screen */
+ x = (COLS - width) / 2;
+ y = (LINES - height) / 2;
+
+
+ draw_shadow (stdscr, y, x, height, width);
+
+ dialog = newwin (height, width, y, x);
+ keypad (dialog, TRUE);
+
+ draw_box (dialog, 0, 0, height, width, dialog_attr, border_attr);
+ wattrset (dialog, border_attr);
+ mvwaddch (dialog, height-3, 0, ACS_LTEE);
+ for (i = 0; i < width - 2; i++)
+ waddch (dialog, ACS_HLINE);
+ wattrset (dialog, dialog_attr);
+ waddch (dialog, ACS_RTEE);
+
+ if (title != NULL && strlen(title) >= width-2 ) {
+ /* truncate long title -- mec */
+ char * title2 = malloc(width-2+1);
+ memcpy( title2, title, width-2 );
+ title2[width-2] = '\0';
+ title = title2;
+ }
+
+ if (title != NULL) {
+ wattrset (dialog, title_attr);
+ mvwaddch (dialog, 0, (width - strlen(title))/2 - 1, ' ');
+ waddstr (dialog, (char *)title);
+ waddch (dialog, ' ');
+ }
+
+ wattrset (dialog, dialog_attr);
+ print_autowrap (dialog, prompt, width - 2, 1, 3);
+
+ /* Draw the input field box */
+ box_width = width - 6;
+ getyx (dialog, y, x);
+ box_y = y + 2;
+ box_x = (width - box_width) / 2;
+ draw_box (dialog, y + 1, box_x - 1, 3, box_width + 2,
+ border_attr, dialog_attr);
+
+ print_buttons(dialog, height, width, 0);
+
+ /* Set up the initial value */
+ wmove (dialog, box_y, box_x);
+ wattrset (dialog, inputbox_attr);
+
+ if (!init)
+ instr[0] = '\0';
+ else
+ strcpy (instr, init);
+
+ input_x = strlen (instr);
+
+ if (input_x >= box_width) {
+ scroll = input_x - box_width + 1;
+ input_x = box_width - 1;
+ for (i = 0; i < box_width - 1; i++)
+ waddch (dialog, instr[scroll + i]);
+ } else
+ waddstr (dialog, instr);
+
+ wmove (dialog, box_y, box_x + input_x);
+
+ wrefresh (dialog);
+
+ while (key != ESC) {
+ key = wgetch (dialog);
+
+ if (button == -1) { /* Input box selected */
+ switch (key) {
+ case TAB:
+ case KEY_UP:
+ case KEY_DOWN:
+ break;
+ case KEY_LEFT:
+ continue;
+ case KEY_RIGHT:
+ continue;
+ case KEY_BACKSPACE:
+ case 127:
+ if (input_x || scroll) {
+ wattrset (dialog, inputbox_attr);
+ if (!input_x) {
+ scroll = scroll < box_width - 1 ?
+ 0 : scroll - (box_width - 1);
+ wmove (dialog, box_y, box_x);
+ for (i = 0; i < box_width; i++)
+ waddch (dialog, instr[scroll + input_x + i] ?
+ instr[scroll + input_x + i] : ' ');
+ input_x = strlen (instr) - scroll;
+ } else
+ input_x--;
+ instr[scroll + input_x] = '\0';
+ mvwaddch (dialog, box_y, input_x + box_x, ' ');
+ wmove (dialog, box_y, input_x + box_x);
+ wrefresh (dialog);
+ }
+ continue;
+ default:
+ if (key < 0x100 && isprint (key)) {
+ if (scroll + input_x < MAX_LEN) {
+ wattrset (dialog, inputbox_attr);
+ instr[scroll + input_x] = key;
+ instr[scroll + input_x + 1] = '\0';
+ if (input_x == box_width - 1) {
+ scroll++;
+ wmove (dialog, box_y, box_x);
+ for (i = 0; i < box_width - 1; i++)
+ waddch (dialog, instr[scroll + i]);
+ } else {
+ wmove (dialog, box_y, input_x++ + box_x);
+ waddch (dialog, key);
+ }
+ wrefresh (dialog);
+ } else
+ flash (); /* Alarm user about overflow */
+ continue;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ switch (key) {
+ case 'O':
+ case 'o':
+ delwin (dialog);
+ return 0;
+ case 'H':
+ case 'h':
+ delwin (dialog);
+ return 1;
+ case KEY_UP:
+ case KEY_LEFT:
+ switch (button) {
+ case -1:
+ button = 1; /* Indicates "Cancel" button is selected */
+ print_buttons(dialog, height, width, 1);
+ break;
+ case 0:
+ button = -1; /* Indicates input box is selected */
+ print_buttons(dialog, height, width, 0);
+ wmove (dialog, box_y, box_x + input_x);
+ wrefresh (dialog);
+ break;
+ case 1:
+ button = 0; /* Indicates "OK" button is selected */
+ print_buttons(dialog, height, width, 0);
+ break;
+ }
+ break;
+ case TAB:
+ case KEY_DOWN:
+ case KEY_RIGHT:
+ switch (button) {
+ case -1:
+ button = 0; /* Indicates "OK" button is selected */
+ print_buttons(dialog, height, width, 0);
+ break;
+ case 0:
+ button = 1; /* Indicates "Cancel" button is selected */
+ print_buttons(dialog, height, width, 1);
+ break;
+ case 1:
+ button = -1; /* Indicates input box is selected */
+ print_buttons(dialog, height, width, 0);
+ wmove (dialog, box_y, box_x + input_x);
+ wrefresh (dialog);
+ break;
+ }
+ break;
+ case ' ':
+ case '\n':
+ delwin (dialog);
+ return (button == -1 ? 0 : button);
+ case 'X':
+ case 'x':
+ key = ESC;
+ case ESC:
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ delwin (dialog);
+ return -1; /* ESC pressed */
+}
diff --git a/config/lex.backup b/config/lex.backup
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..afb1b53c7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/config/lex.backup
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+No backing up.
diff --git a/config/lkc.h b/config/lkc.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..dd040f7a8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/config/lkc.h
@@ -0,0 +1,113 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2002 Roman Zippel <zippel@linux-m68k.org>
+ * Released under the terms of the GNU GPL v2.0.
+ */
+
+#ifndef LKC_H
+#define LKC_H
+
+#include "expr.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#ifdef LKC_DIRECT_LINK
+#define P(name,type,arg) extern type name arg
+#else
+#include "lkc_defs.h"
+#define P(name,type,arg) extern type (*name ## _p) arg
+#endif
+#include "lkc_proto.h"
+#undef P
+
+#define SRCTREE "srctree"
+
+int zconfparse(void);
+void zconfdump(FILE *out);
+
+extern int zconfdebug;
+void zconf_starthelp(void);
+FILE *zconf_fopen(const char *name);
+void zconf_initscan(const char *name);
+void zconf_nextfile(const char *name);
+int zconf_lineno(void);
+char *zconf_curname(void);
+
+/* confdata.c */
+extern const char conf_def_filename[];
+extern char conf_filename[];
+
+char *conf_get_default_confname(void);
+
+/* kconfig_load.c */
+void kconfig_load(void);
+
+/* menu.c */
+void menu_init(void);
+void menu_add_menu(void);
+void menu_end_menu(void);
+void menu_add_entry(struct symbol *sym);
+void menu_end_entry(void);
+void menu_add_dep(struct expr *dep);
+struct property *menu_add_prop(enum prop_type type, char *prompt, struct expr *expr, struct expr *dep);
+void menu_add_prompt(enum prop_type type, char *prompt, struct expr *dep);
+void menu_add_expr(enum prop_type type, struct expr *expr, struct expr *dep);
+void menu_add_symbol(enum prop_type type, struct symbol *sym, struct expr *dep);
+void menu_finalize(struct menu *parent);
+void menu_set_type(int type);
+struct file *file_lookup(const char *name);
+int file_write_dep(const char *name);
+
+extern struct menu *current_entry;
+extern struct menu *current_menu;
+
+/* symbol.c */
+void sym_init(void);
+void sym_clear_all_valid(void);
+void sym_set_changed(struct symbol *sym);
+struct symbol *sym_check_deps(struct symbol *sym);
+struct property *prop_alloc(enum prop_type type, struct symbol *sym);
+struct symbol *prop_get_symbol(struct property *prop);
+
+static inline tristate sym_get_tristate_value(struct symbol *sym)
+{
+ return sym->curr.tri;
+}
+
+
+static inline struct symbol *sym_get_choice_value(struct symbol *sym)
+{
+ return (struct symbol *)sym->curr.val;
+}
+
+static inline bool sym_set_choice_value(struct symbol *ch, struct symbol *chval)
+{
+ return sym_set_tristate_value(chval, yes);
+}
+
+static inline bool sym_is_choice(struct symbol *sym)
+{
+ return sym->flags & SYMBOL_CHOICE ? true : false;
+}
+
+static inline bool sym_is_choice_value(struct symbol *sym)
+{
+ return sym->flags & SYMBOL_CHOICEVAL ? true : false;
+}
+
+static inline bool sym_is_optional(struct symbol *sym)
+{
+ return sym->flags & SYMBOL_OPTIONAL ? true : false;
+}
+
+static inline bool sym_has_value(struct symbol *sym)
+{
+ return sym->flags & SYMBOL_NEW ? false : true;
+}
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* LKC_H */
diff --git a/config/lkc_proto.h b/config/lkc_proto.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..97c79178e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/config/lkc_proto.h
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+
+/* confdata.c */
+P(conf_parse,void,(const char *name));
+P(conf_read,int,(const char *name));
+P(conf_write,int,(const char *name));
+
+/* menu.c */
+P(rootmenu,struct menu,);
+
+P(menu_is_visible,bool,(struct menu *menu));
+P(menu_get_prompt,const char *,(struct menu *menu));
+P(menu_get_root_menu,struct menu *,(struct menu *menu));
+P(menu_get_parent_menu,struct menu *,(struct menu *menu));
+
+/* symbol.c */
+P(symbol_hash,struct symbol *,[SYMBOL_HASHSIZE]);
+P(sym_change_count,int,);
+
+P(sym_lookup,struct symbol *,(const char *name, int isconst));
+P(sym_find,struct symbol *,(const char *name));
+P(sym_type_name,const char *,(enum symbol_type type));
+P(sym_calc_value,void,(struct symbol *sym));
+P(sym_get_type,enum symbol_type,(struct symbol *sym));
+P(sym_tristate_within_range,bool,(struct symbol *sym,tristate tri));
+P(sym_set_tristate_value,bool,(struct symbol *sym,tristate tri));
+P(sym_toggle_tristate_value,tristate,(struct symbol *sym));
+P(sym_string_valid,bool,(struct symbol *sym, const char *newval));
+P(sym_string_within_range,bool,(struct symbol *sym, const char *str));
+P(sym_set_string_value,bool,(struct symbol *sym, const char *newval));
+P(sym_is_changable,bool,(struct symbol *sym));
+P(sym_get_choice_prop,struct property *,(struct symbol *sym));
+P(sym_get_default_prop,struct property *,(struct symbol *sym));
+P(sym_get_string_value,const char *,(struct symbol *sym));
+
+P(prop_get_type_name,const char *,(enum prop_type type));
+
+/* expr.c */
+P(expr_compare_type,int,(enum expr_type t1, enum expr_type t2));
+P(expr_print,void,(struct expr *e, void (*fn)(void *, const char *), void *data, int prevtoken));
diff --git a/config/mconf.c b/config/mconf.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..878554245
--- /dev/null
+++ b/config/mconf.c
@@ -0,0 +1,717 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2002 Roman Zippel <zippel@linux-m68k.org>
+ * Released under the terms of the GNU GPL v2.0.
+ *
+ * Introduced single menu mode (show all sub-menus in one large tree).
+ * 2002-11-06 Petr Baudis <pasky@ucw.cz>
+ *
+ * Directly use liblxdialog library routines.
+ * 2002-11-14 Petr Baudis <pasky@ucw.cz>
+ */
+
+#include <sys/ioctl.h>
+#include <sys/wait.h>
+#include <sys/termios.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <signal.h>
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <termios.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#include "dialog.h"
+
+#define LKC_DIRECT_LINK
+#include "lkc.h"
+
+static char menu_backtitle[128];
+static const char menu_instructions[] =
+ "Arrow keys navigate the menu. "
+ "<Enter> selects submenus --->. "
+ "Highlighted letters are hotkeys. "
+ "Pressing <Y> selectes a feature, while <N> will exclude a feature. "
+ "Press <Esc><Esc> to exit, <?> for Help. "
+ "Legend: [*] feature is selected [ ] feature is excluded",
+radiolist_instructions[] =
+ "Use the arrow keys to navigate this window or "
+ "press the hotkey of the item you wish to select "
+ "followed by the <SPACE BAR>. "
+ "Press <?> for additional information about this option.",
+inputbox_instructions_int[] =
+ "Please enter a decimal value. "
+ "Fractions will not be accepted. "
+ "Use the <TAB> key to move from the input field to the buttons below it.",
+inputbox_instructions_hex[] =
+ "Please enter a hexadecimal value. "
+ "Use the <TAB> key to move from the input field to the buttons below it.",
+inputbox_instructions_string[] =
+ "Please enter a string value. "
+ "Use the <TAB> key to move from the input field to the buttons below it.",
+setmod_text[] =
+ "This feature depends on another which has been configured as a module.\n"
+ "As a result, this feature will be built as a module.",
+nohelp_text[] =
+ "There is no help available for this option.\n",
+load_config_text[] =
+ "Enter the name of the configuration file you wish to load. "
+ "Accept the name shown to restore the configuration you "
+ "last retrieved. Leave blank to abort.",
+load_config_help[] =
+ "\n"
+ "For various reasons, one may wish to keep several different OpenADK\n"
+ "configurations available on a single machine.\n"
+ "\n"
+ "If you have saved a previous configuration in a file other than the\n"
+ "OpenADK's default, entering the name of the file here will allow you\n"
+ "to modify that configuration.\n"
+ "\n"
+ "If you are uncertain, then you have probably never used alternate\n"
+ "configuration files. You should therefor leave this blank to abort.\n",
+save_config_text[] =
+ "Enter a filename to which this configuration should be saved "
+ "as an alternate. Leave blank to abort.",
+save_config_help[] =
+ "\n"
+ "For various reasons, one may wish to keep different OpenADK\n"
+ "configurations available on a single machine.\n"
+ "\n"
+ "Entering a file name here will allow you to later retrieve, modify\n"
+ "and use the current configuration as an alternate to whatever\n"
+ "configuration options you have selected at that time.\n"
+ "\n"
+ "If you are uncertain what all this means then you should probably\n"
+ "leave this blank.\n",
+top_menu_help[] =
+ "\n"
+ "Use the Up/Down arrow keys (cursor keys) to highlight the item\n"
+ "you wish to change or submenu wish to select and press <Enter>.\n"
+ "Submenus are designated by \"--->\".\n"
+ "\n"
+ "Shortcut: Press the option's highlighted letter (hotkey).\n"
+ "\n"
+ "You may also use the <PAGE UP> and <PAGE DOWN> keys to scroll\n"
+ "unseen options into view.\n"
+;
+
+static char filename[PATH_MAX+1] = ".config";
+static int indent = 0;
+static struct termios ios_org;
+static int rows, cols;
+struct menu *current_menu;
+static int child_count;
+static int single_menu_mode;
+
+static struct dialog_list_item *items[16384]; /* FIXME: This ought to be dynamic. */
+static int item_no;
+
+static void conf(struct menu *menu);
+static void conf_choice(struct menu *menu);
+static void conf_string(struct menu *menu);
+static void conf_load(void);
+static void conf_save(void);
+static void show_textbox(const char *title, const char *text, int r, int c);
+static void show_helptext(const char *title, const char *text);
+static void show_help(struct menu *menu);
+static void show_readme(void);
+
+static void init_wsize(void)
+{
+ struct winsize ws;
+ char *env;
+
+ if (ioctl(1, TIOCGWINSZ, &ws) == -1) {
+ rows = 24;
+ cols = 80;
+ } else {
+ rows = ws.ws_row;
+ cols = ws.ws_col;
+ if (!rows) {
+ env = getenv("LINES");
+ if (env)
+ rows = atoi(env);
+ if (!rows)
+ rows = 24;
+ }
+ if (!cols) {
+ env = getenv("COLUMNS");
+ if (env)
+ cols = atoi(env);
+ if (!cols)
+ cols = 80;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (rows < 19 || cols < 80) {
+ fprintf(stderr, "Your display is too small to run Menuconfig!\n");
+ fprintf(stderr, "It must be at least 19 lines by 80 columns.\n");
+ exit(1);
+ }
+
+ rows -= 4;
+ cols -= 5;
+}
+
+static void cinit(void)
+{
+ item_no = 0;
+}
+
+static void cmake(void)
+{
+ items[item_no] = malloc(sizeof(struct dialog_list_item));
+ memset(items[item_no], 0, sizeof(struct dialog_list_item));
+ items[item_no]->tag = malloc(32); items[item_no]->tag[0] = 0;
+ items[item_no]->name = malloc(512); items[item_no]->name[0] = 0;
+ items[item_no]->namelen = 0;
+ item_no++;
+}
+
+static int cprint_name(const char *fmt, ...)
+{
+ va_list ap;
+ int res;
+
+ if (!item_no)
+ cmake();
+ va_start(ap, fmt);
+ res = vsnprintf(items[item_no - 1]->name + items[item_no - 1]->namelen,
+ 512 - items[item_no - 1]->namelen, fmt, ap);
+ if (res > 0)
+ items[item_no - 1]->namelen += res;
+ va_end(ap);
+
+ return res;
+}
+
+static int cprint_tag(const char *fmt, ...)
+{
+ va_list ap;
+ int res;
+
+ if (!item_no)
+ cmake();
+ va_start(ap, fmt);
+ res = vsnprintf(items[item_no - 1]->tag, 32, fmt, ap);
+ va_end(ap);
+
+ return res;
+}
+
+static void cdone(void)
+{
+ int i;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < item_no; i++) {
+ free(items[i]->tag);
+ free(items[i]->name);
+ free(items[i]);
+ }
+
+ item_no = 0;
+}
+
+static void build_conf(struct menu *menu)
+{
+ struct symbol *sym;
+ struct property *prop;
+ struct menu *child;
+ int type, tmp, doint = 2;
+ tristate val;
+ char ch;
+
+ if (!menu_is_visible(menu))
+ return;
+
+ sym = menu->sym;
+ prop = menu->prompt;
+ if (!sym) {
+ if (prop && menu != current_menu) {
+ const char *prompt = menu_get_prompt(menu);
+ switch (prop->type) {
+ case P_MENU:
+ child_count++;
+ cmake();
+ cprint_tag("m%p", menu);
+
+ if (single_menu_mode) {
+ cprint_name("%s%*c%s",
+ menu->data ? "-->" : "++>",
+ indent + 1, ' ', prompt);
+ } else {
+ cprint_name(" %*c%s --->", indent + 1, ' ', prompt);
+ }
+
+ if (single_menu_mode && menu->data)
+ goto conf_childs;
+ return;
+ default:
+ if (prompt) {
+ child_count++;
+ cmake();
+ cprint_tag(":%p", menu);
+ cprint_name("---%*c%s", indent + 1, ' ', prompt);
+ }
+ }
+ } else
+ doint = 0;
+ goto conf_childs;
+ }
+
+ cmake();
+ type = sym_get_type(sym);
+ if (sym_is_choice(sym)) {
+ struct symbol *def_sym = sym_get_choice_value(sym);
+ struct menu *def_menu = NULL;
+
+ child_count++;
+ for (child = menu->list; child; child = child->next) {
+ if (menu_is_visible(child) && child->sym == def_sym)
+ def_menu = child;
+ }
+
+ val = sym_get_tristate_value(sym);
+ if (sym_is_changable(sym)) {
+ cprint_tag("t%p", menu);
+ switch (type) {
+ case S_BOOLEAN:
+ cprint_name("[%c]", val == no ? ' ' : '*');
+ break;
+ case S_TRISTATE:
+ switch (val) {
+ case yes: ch = '*'; break;
+ case mod: ch = 'M'; break;
+ default: ch = ' '; break;
+ }
+ cprint_name("<%c>", ch);
+ break;
+ }
+ } else {
+ cprint_tag("%c%p", def_menu ? 't' : ':', menu);
+ cprint_name(" ");
+ }
+
+ cprint_name("%*c%s", indent + 1, ' ', menu_get_prompt(menu));
+ if (val == yes) {
+ if (def_menu) {
+ cprint_name(" (%s)", menu_get_prompt(def_menu));
+ cprint_name(" --->");
+ if (def_menu->list) {
+ indent += 2;
+ build_conf(def_menu);
+ indent -= 2;
+ }
+ }
+ return;
+ }
+ } else {
+ if (menu == current_menu) {
+ cprint_tag(":%p", menu);
+ cprint_name("---%*c%s", indent + 1, ' ', menu_get_prompt(menu));
+ goto conf_childs;
+ }
+
+ child_count++;
+ val = sym_get_tristate_value(sym);
+ if (sym_is_choice_value(sym) && val == yes) {
+ cprint_tag(":%p", menu);
+ cprint_name(" ");
+ } else {
+ switch (type) {
+ case S_BOOLEAN:
+ cprint_tag("t%p", menu);
+ if (sym_is_changable(sym))
+ cprint_name("[%c]", val == no ? ' ' : '*');
+ else
+ cprint_name(val == no ? "_ _" : "-+-");
+ break;
+ case S_TRISTATE:
+ cprint_tag("t%p", menu);
+ switch (val) {
+ case yes: ch = '*'; break;
+ case mod: ch = 'M'; break;
+ default: ch = ' '; break;
+ }
+ if (sym_is_changable(sym))
+ cprint_name("<%c>", ch);
+ else
+ cprint_name(val == no ? "_ _" : "-+-");
+ break;
+ default:
+ cprint_tag("s%p", menu);
+ tmp = cprint_name("(%s)", sym_get_string_value(sym));
+ tmp = indent - tmp + 4;
+ if (tmp < 0)
+ tmp = 0;
+ cprint_name("%*c%s%s", tmp, ' ', menu_get_prompt(menu),
+ (sym_has_value(sym) || !sym_is_changable(sym)) ?
+ "" : " (NEW)");
+ goto conf_childs;
+ }
+ }
+ cprint_name("%*c%s%s", indent + 1, ' ', menu_get_prompt(menu),
+ (sym_has_value(sym) || !sym_is_changable(sym)) ?
+ "" : " (NEW)");
+ if (menu->prompt->type == P_MENU) {
+ cprint_name(" --->");
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+
+conf_childs:
+ indent += doint;
+ for (child = menu->list; child; child = child->next)
+ build_conf(child);
+ indent -= doint;
+}
+
+static void conf(struct menu *menu)
+{
+ struct dialog_list_item *active_item = NULL;
+ struct menu *submenu;
+ const char *prompt = menu_get_prompt(menu);
+ struct symbol *sym;
+ char active_entry[40];
+ int stat, type;
+
+ unlink("lxdialog.scrltmp");
+ active_entry[0] = 0;
+ while (1) {
+ indent = 0;
+ child_count = 0;
+ current_menu = menu;
+ cdone(); cinit();
+ build_conf(menu);
+ if (!child_count)
+ break;
+ if (menu == &rootmenu) {
+ cmake(); cprint_tag(":"); cprint_name("--- ");
+ cmake(); cprint_tag("L"); cprint_name("Load an Alternate Configuration File");
+ cmake(); cprint_tag("S"); cprint_name("Save Configuration to an Alternate File");
+ }
+ dialog_clear();
+ stat = dialog_menu(prompt ? prompt : "Main Menu",
+ menu_instructions, rows, cols, rows - 10,
+ active_entry, item_no, items);
+ if (stat < 0)
+ return;
+
+ if (stat == 1 || stat == 255)
+ break;
+
+ active_item = first_sel_item(item_no, items);
+ if (!active_item)
+ continue;
+ active_item->selected = 0;
+ strncpy(active_entry, active_item->tag, sizeof(active_entry));
+ active_entry[sizeof(active_entry)-1] = 0;
+ type = active_entry[0];
+ if (!type)
+ continue;
+
+ sym = NULL;
+ submenu = NULL;
+ if (sscanf(active_entry + 1, "%p", &submenu) == 1)
+ sym = submenu->sym;
+
+ switch (stat) {
+ case 0:
+ switch (type) {
+ case 'm':
+ if (single_menu_mode)
+ submenu->data = (void *) (long) !submenu->data;
+ else
+ conf(submenu);
+ break;
+ case 't':
+ if (sym_is_choice(sym) && sym_get_tristate_value(sym) == yes)
+ conf_choice(submenu);
+ else if (submenu->prompt->type == P_MENU)
+ conf(submenu);
+ break;
+ case 's':
+ conf_string(submenu);
+ break;
+ case 'L':
+ conf_load();
+ break;
+ case 'S':
+ conf_save();
+ break;
+ }
+ break;
+ case 2:
+ if (sym)
+ show_help(submenu);
+ else
+ show_readme();
+ break;
+ case 3:
+ if (type == 't') {
+ if (sym_set_tristate_value(sym, yes))
+ break;
+ if (sym_set_tristate_value(sym, mod))
+ show_textbox(NULL, setmod_text, 6, 74);
+ }
+ break;
+ case 4:
+ if (type == 't')
+ sym_set_tristate_value(sym, no);
+ break;
+ case 5:
+ if (type == 't')
+ sym_set_tristate_value(sym, mod);
+ break;
+ case 6:
+ if (type == 't')
+ sym_toggle_tristate_value(sym);
+ else if (type == 'm')
+ conf(submenu);
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+static void show_textbox(const char *title, const char *text, int r, int c)
+{
+ int fd;
+
+ fd = creat(".help.tmp", 0777);
+ write(fd, text, strlen(text));
+ close(fd);
+ while (dialog_textbox(title, ".help.tmp", r, c) < 0)
+ ;
+ unlink(".help.tmp");
+}
+
+static void show_helptext(const char *title, const char *text)
+{
+ show_textbox(title, text, rows, cols);
+}
+
+static void show_help(struct menu *menu)
+{
+ const char *help;
+ char *helptext;
+ struct symbol *sym = menu->sym;
+
+ help = sym->help;
+ if (!help)
+ help = nohelp_text;
+ if (sym->name) {
+ helptext = malloc(strlen(sym->name) + strlen(help) + 16);
+ sprintf(helptext, "%s:\n\n%s", sym->name, help);
+ show_helptext(menu_get_prompt(menu), helptext);
+ free(helptext);
+ } else
+ show_helptext(menu_get_prompt(menu), help);
+}
+
+static void show_readme(void)
+{
+ show_helptext("Help", top_menu_help);
+}
+
+static void conf_choice(struct menu *menu)
+{
+ const char *prompt = menu_get_prompt(menu);
+ struct menu *child;
+ struct symbol *active;
+
+ active = sym_get_choice_value(menu->sym);
+ while (1) {
+ current_menu = menu;
+ cdone(); cinit();
+ for (child = menu->list; child; child = child->next) {
+ if (!menu_is_visible(child))
+ continue;
+ cmake();
+ cprint_tag("%p", child);
+ cprint_name("%s", menu_get_prompt(child));
+ if (child->sym == sym_get_choice_value(menu->sym))
+ items[item_no - 1]->selected = 1; /* ON */
+ else if (child->sym == active)
+ items[item_no - 1]->selected = 2; /* SELECTED */
+ else
+ items[item_no - 1]->selected = 0; /* OFF */
+ }
+
+ switch (dialog_checklist(prompt ? prompt : "Main Menu",
+ radiolist_instructions, 15, 70, 6,
+ item_no, items, FLAG_RADIO)) {
+ case 0:
+ if (sscanf(first_sel_item(item_no, items)->tag, "%p", &child) != 1)
+ break;
+ sym_set_tristate_value(child->sym, yes);
+ return;
+ case 1:
+ if (sscanf(first_sel_item(item_no, items)->tag, "%p", &child) == 1) {
+ show_help(child);
+ active = child->sym;
+ } else
+ show_help(menu);
+ break;
+ case 255:
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+static void conf_string(struct menu *menu)
+{
+ const char *prompt = menu_get_prompt(menu);
+
+ while (1) {
+ char *heading;
+
+ switch (sym_get_type(menu->sym)) {
+ case S_INT:
+ heading = (char *) inputbox_instructions_int;
+ break;
+ case S_HEX:
+ heading = (char *) inputbox_instructions_hex;
+ break;
+ case S_STRING:
+ heading = (char *) inputbox_instructions_string;
+ break;
+ default:
+ heading = "Internal mconf error!";
+ /* panic? */;
+ }
+
+ switch (dialog_inputbox(prompt ? prompt : "Main Menu",
+ heading, 10, 75,
+ sym_get_string_value(menu->sym))) {
+ case 0:
+ if (sym_set_string_value(menu->sym, (const char*)dialog_input_result))
+ return;
+ show_textbox(NULL, "You have made an invalid entry.", 5, 43);
+ break;
+ case 1:
+ show_help(menu);
+ break;
+ case 255:
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+static void conf_load(void)
+{
+ while (1) {
+ switch (dialog_inputbox(NULL, load_config_text, 11, 55,
+ filename)) {
+ case 0:
+ if (!dialog_input_result[0])
+ return;
+ if (!conf_read((const char*)dialog_input_result))
+ return;
+ show_textbox(NULL, "File does not exist!", 5, 38);
+ break;
+ case 1:
+ show_helptext("Load Alternate Configuration", load_config_help);
+ break;
+ case 255:
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+static void conf_save(void)
+{
+ while (1) {
+ switch (dialog_inputbox(NULL, save_config_text, 11, 55,
+ filename)) {
+ case 0:
+ if (!dialog_input_result[0])
+ return;
+ if (!conf_write((const char*)dialog_input_result))
+ return;
+ show_textbox(NULL, "Can't create file! Probably a nonexistent directory.", 5, 60);
+ break;
+ case 1:
+ show_helptext("Save Alternate Configuration", save_config_help);
+ break;
+ case 255:
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+static void conf_cleanup(void)
+{
+ tcsetattr(1, TCSAFLUSH, &ios_org);
+ unlink(".help.tmp");
+}
+
+static void winch_handler(int sig)
+{
+ struct winsize ws;
+
+ if (ioctl(1, TIOCGWINSZ, &ws) == -1) {
+ rows = 24;
+ cols = 80;
+ } else {
+ rows = ws.ws_row;
+ cols = ws.ws_col;
+ }
+
+ if (rows < 19 || cols < 80) {
+ end_dialog();
+ fprintf(stderr, "Your display is too small to run Menuconfig!\n");
+ fprintf(stderr, "It must be at least 19 lines by 80 columns.\n");
+ exit(1);
+ }
+
+ rows -= 4;
+ cols -= 5;
+
+}
+
+int main(int ac, char **av)
+{
+ int stat;
+ char *mode;
+ struct symbol *sym;
+
+ conf_parse(av[1]);
+ conf_read(NULL);
+
+ sym = sym_lookup("VERSION", 0);
+ sym_calc_value(sym);
+ snprintf(menu_backtitle, 128, "OpenADK v%s Configuration",
+ sym_get_string_value(sym));
+
+ mode = getenv("MENUCONFIG_MODE");
+ if (mode) {
+ if (!strcasecmp(mode, "single_menu"))
+ single_menu_mode = 1;
+ }
+
+ tcgetattr(1, &ios_org);
+ atexit(conf_cleanup);
+ init_wsize();
+ init_dialog();
+ signal(SIGWINCH, winch_handler);
+ conf(&rootmenu);
+ end_dialog();
+
+ /* Restart dialog to act more like when lxdialog was still separate */
+ init_dialog();
+ do {
+ stat = dialog_yesno(NULL,
+ "Do you wish to save your new OpenADK configuration?", 5, 60);
+ } while (stat < 0);
+ end_dialog();
+
+ if (stat == 0) {
+ conf_write(NULL);
+ printf("\n\n*** End of OpenADK configuration.\n");
+ } else
+ printf("\n\nYour OpenADK configuration changes were NOT saved.\n\n");
+
+ return 0;
+}
diff --git a/config/menu.c b/config/menu.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f6e6200ce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/config/menu.c
@@ -0,0 +1,436 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2002 Roman Zippel <zippel@linux-m68k.org>
+ * Released under the terms of the GNU GPL v2.0.
+ */
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#define LKC_DIRECT_LINK
+#include "lkc.h"
+
+struct menu rootmenu;
+struct menu *current_menu, *current_entry;
+static struct menu **last_entry_ptr;
+
+struct file *file_list;
+struct file *current_file;
+
+static void menu_warn(struct menu *menu, const char *fmt, ...)
+{
+ va_list ap;
+ va_start(ap, fmt);
+ fprintf(stderr, "%s:%d:warning: ", menu->file->name, menu->lineno);
+ vfprintf(stderr, fmt, ap);
+ fprintf(stderr, "\n");
+ va_end(ap);
+}
+
+static void prop_warn(struct property *prop, const char *fmt, ...)
+{
+ va_list ap;
+ va_start(ap, fmt);
+ fprintf(stderr, "%s:%d:warning: ", prop->file->name, prop->lineno);
+ vfprintf(stderr, fmt, ap);
+ fprintf(stderr, "\n");
+ va_end(ap);
+}
+
+void menu_init(void)
+{
+ current_entry = current_menu = &rootmenu;
+ last_entry_ptr = &rootmenu.list;
+}
+
+void menu_add_entry(struct symbol *sym)
+{
+ struct menu *menu;
+
+ menu = malloc(sizeof(*menu));
+ memset(menu, 0, sizeof(*menu));
+ menu->sym = sym;
+ menu->parent = current_menu;
+ menu->file = current_file;
+ menu->lineno = zconf_lineno();
+
+ *last_entry_ptr = menu;
+ last_entry_ptr = &menu->next;
+ current_entry = menu;
+}
+
+void menu_end_entry(void)
+{
+}
+
+void menu_add_menu(void)
+{
+ current_menu = current_entry;
+ last_entry_ptr = &current_entry->list;
+}
+
+void menu_end_menu(void)
+{
+ last_entry_ptr = &current_menu->next;
+ current_menu = current_menu->parent;
+}
+
+struct expr *menu_check_dep(struct expr *e)
+{
+ if (!e)
+ return e;
+
+ switch (e->type) {
+ case E_NOT:
+ e->left.expr = menu_check_dep(e->left.expr);
+ break;
+ case E_OR:
+ case E_AND:
+ e->left.expr = menu_check_dep(e->left.expr);
+ e->right.expr = menu_check_dep(e->right.expr);
+ break;
+ case E_SYMBOL:
+ /* change 'm' into 'm' && MODULES */
+ if (e->left.sym == &symbol_mod)
+ return expr_alloc_and(e, expr_alloc_symbol(modules_sym));
+ break;
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+ return e;
+}
+
+void menu_add_dep(struct expr *dep)
+{
+ current_entry->dep = expr_alloc_and(current_entry->dep, menu_check_dep(dep));
+}
+
+void menu_set_type(int type)
+{
+ struct symbol *sym = current_entry->sym;
+
+ if (sym->type == type)
+ return;
+ if (sym->type == S_UNKNOWN) {
+ sym->type = type;
+ return;
+ }
+ menu_warn(current_entry, "type of '%s' redefined from '%s' to '%s'\n",
+ sym->name ? sym->name : "<choice>",
+ sym_type_name(sym->type), sym_type_name(type));
+}
+
+struct property *menu_add_prop(enum prop_type type, char *prompt, struct expr *expr, struct expr *dep)
+{
+ struct property *prop = prop_alloc(type, current_entry->sym);
+
+ prop->menu = current_entry;
+ prop->text = prompt;
+ prop->expr = expr;
+ prop->visible.expr = menu_check_dep(dep);
+
+ if (prompt) {
+ if (current_entry->prompt)
+ menu_warn(current_entry, "prompt redefined\n");
+ current_entry->prompt = prop;
+ }
+
+ return prop;
+}
+
+void menu_add_prompt(enum prop_type type, char *prompt, struct expr *dep)
+{
+ menu_add_prop(type, prompt, NULL, dep);
+}
+
+void menu_add_expr(enum prop_type type, struct expr *expr, struct expr *dep)
+{
+ menu_add_prop(type, NULL, expr, dep);
+}
+
+void menu_add_symbol(enum prop_type type, struct symbol *sym, struct expr *dep)
+{
+ menu_add_prop(type, NULL, expr_alloc_symbol(sym), dep);
+}
+
+void sym_check_prop(struct symbol *sym)
+{
+ struct property *prop;
+ struct symbol *sym2;
+ for (prop = sym->prop; prop; prop = prop->next) {
+ switch (prop->type) {
+ case P_DEFAULT:
+ if ((sym->type == S_STRING || sym->type == S_INT || sym->type == S_HEX) &&
+ prop->expr->type != E_SYMBOL)
+ prop_warn(prop,
+ "default for config symbol '%'"
+ " must be a single symbol", sym->name);
+ break;
+ case P_SELECT:
+ case P_SELECTNOT:
+ sym2 = prop_get_symbol(prop);
+ if (sym->type != S_BOOLEAN && sym->type != S_TRISTATE)
+ prop_warn(prop,
+ "config symbol '%s' uses select, but is "
+ "not boolean or tristate", sym->name);
+ else if (sym2->type == S_UNKNOWN)
+ prop_warn(prop,
+ "'select' used by config symbol '%s' "
+ "refer to undefined symbol '%s'",
+ sym->name, sym2->name);
+ else if (sym2->type != S_BOOLEAN && sym2->type != S_TRISTATE)
+ prop_warn(prop,
+ "'%s' has wrong type. 'select' only "
+ "accept arguments of boolean and "
+ "tristate type", sym2->name);
+ break;
+ case P_RANGE:
+ if (sym->type != S_INT && sym->type != S_HEX)
+ prop_warn(prop, "range is only allowed "
+ "for int or hex symbols");
+ if (!sym_string_valid(sym, prop->expr->left.sym->name) ||
+ !sym_string_valid(sym, prop->expr->right.sym->name))
+ prop_warn(prop, "range is invalid");
+ break;
+ default:
+ ;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+void menu_finalize(struct menu *parent)
+{
+ struct menu *menu, *last_menu;
+ struct symbol *sym;
+ struct property *prop;
+ struct expr *parentdep, *basedep, *dep, *dep2, **ep;
+
+ sym = parent->sym;
+ if (parent->list) {
+ if (sym && sym_is_choice(sym)) {
+ /* find the first choice value and find out choice type */
+ for (menu = parent->list; menu; menu = menu->next) {
+ if (menu->sym) {
+ current_entry = parent;
+ menu_set_type(menu->sym->type);
+ current_entry = menu;
+ menu_set_type(sym->type);
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ parentdep = expr_alloc_symbol(sym);
+ } else if (parent->prompt)
+ parentdep = parent->prompt->visible.expr;
+ else
+ parentdep = parent->dep;
+
+ for (menu = parent->list; menu; menu = menu->next) {
+ basedep = expr_transform(menu->dep);
+ basedep = expr_alloc_and(expr_copy(parentdep), basedep);
+ basedep = expr_eliminate_dups(basedep);
+ menu->dep = basedep;
+ if (menu->sym)
+ prop = menu->sym->prop;
+ else
+ prop = menu->prompt;
+ for (; prop; prop = prop->next) {
+ if (prop->menu != menu)
+ continue;
+ dep = expr_transform(prop->visible.expr);
+ dep = expr_alloc_and(expr_copy(basedep), dep);
+ dep = expr_eliminate_dups(dep);
+ if (menu->sym && menu->sym->type != S_TRISTATE)
+ dep = expr_trans_bool(dep);
+ prop->visible.expr = dep;
+ if (prop->type == P_SELECT) {
+ struct symbol *es = prop_get_symbol(prop);
+ es->rev_dep.expr = expr_alloc_or(es->rev_dep.expr,
+ expr_alloc_and(expr_alloc_symbol(menu->sym), expr_copy(dep)));
+ } else if (prop->type == P_SELECTNOT) {
+ struct symbol *es = prop_get_symbol(prop);
+ es->rev_dep_inv.expr = expr_alloc_or(es->rev_dep_inv.expr,
+ expr_alloc_and(expr_alloc_symbol(menu->sym), expr_copy(dep)));
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ for (menu = parent->list; menu; menu = menu->next)
+ menu_finalize(menu);
+ } else if (sym) {
+ basedep = parent->prompt ? parent->prompt->visible.expr : NULL;
+ basedep = expr_trans_compare(basedep, E_UNEQUAL, &symbol_no);
+ basedep = expr_eliminate_dups(expr_transform(basedep));
+ last_menu = NULL;
+ for (menu = parent->next; menu; menu = menu->next) {
+ dep = menu->prompt ? menu->prompt->visible.expr : menu->dep;
+ if (!expr_contains_symbol(dep, sym))
+ break;
+ if (expr_depends_symbol(dep, sym))
+ goto next;
+ dep = expr_trans_compare(dep, E_UNEQUAL, &symbol_no);
+ dep = expr_eliminate_dups(expr_transform(dep));
+ dep2 = expr_copy(basedep);
+ expr_eliminate_eq(&dep, &dep2);
+ expr_free(dep);
+ if (!expr_is_yes(dep2)) {
+ expr_free(dep2);
+ break;
+ }
+ expr_free(dep2);
+ next:
+ menu_finalize(menu);
+ menu->parent = parent;
+ last_menu = menu;
+ }
+ if (last_menu) {
+ parent->list = parent->next;
+ parent->next = last_menu->next;
+ last_menu->next = NULL;
+ }
+ }
+ for (menu = parent->list; menu; menu = menu->next) {
+ if (sym && sym_is_choice(sym) && menu->sym) {
+ menu->sym->flags |= SYMBOL_CHOICEVAL;
+ if (!menu->prompt)
+ menu_warn(menu, "choice value must have a prompt");
+ for (prop = menu->sym->prop; prop; prop = prop->next) {
+ if (prop->type == P_PROMPT && prop->menu != menu) {
+ prop_warn(prop, "choice values "
+ "currently only support a "
+ "single prompt");
+ }
+ if (prop->type == P_DEFAULT)
+ prop_warn(prop, "defaults for choice "
+ "values not supported");
+ }
+ current_entry = menu;
+ menu_set_type(sym->type);
+ menu_add_symbol(P_CHOICE, sym, NULL);
+ prop = sym_get_choice_prop(sym);
+ for (ep = &prop->expr; *ep; ep = &(*ep)->left.expr)
+ ;
+ *ep = expr_alloc_one(E_CHOICE, NULL);
+ (*ep)->right.sym = menu->sym;
+ }
+ if (menu->list && (!menu->prompt || !menu->prompt->text)) {
+ for (last_menu = menu->list; ; last_menu = last_menu->next) {
+ last_menu->parent = parent;
+ if (!last_menu->next)
+ break;
+ }
+ last_menu->next = menu->next;
+ menu->next = menu->list;
+ menu->list = NULL;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (sym && !(sym->flags & SYMBOL_WARNED)) {
+ if (sym->type == S_UNKNOWN)
+ menu_warn(parent, "config symbol defined "
+ "without type\n");
+
+ if (sym_is_choice(sym) && !parent->prompt)
+ menu_warn(parent, "choice must have a prompt\n");
+
+ /* Check properties connected to this symbol */
+ sym_check_prop(sym);
+ sym->flags |= SYMBOL_WARNED;
+ }
+
+ if (sym && !sym_is_optional(sym) && parent->prompt) {
+ sym->rev_dep.expr = expr_alloc_or(sym->rev_dep.expr,
+ expr_alloc_and(parent->prompt->visible.expr,
+ expr_alloc_symbol(&symbol_mod)));
+ }
+}
+
+bool menu_is_visible(struct menu *menu)
+{
+ struct menu *child;
+ struct symbol *sym;
+ tristate visible;
+
+ if (!menu->prompt)
+ return false;
+ sym = menu->sym;
+ if (sym) {
+ sym_calc_value(sym);
+ visible = menu->prompt->visible.tri;
+ } else
+ visible = menu->prompt->visible.tri = expr_calc_value(menu->prompt->visible.expr);
+
+ if (visible != no)
+ return true;
+ if (!sym || sym_get_tristate_value(menu->sym) == no)
+ return false;
+
+ for (child = menu->list; child; child = child->next)
+ if (menu_is_visible(child))
+ return true;
+ return false;
+}
+
+const char *menu_get_prompt(struct menu *menu)
+{
+ if (menu->prompt)
+ return menu->prompt->text;
+ else if (menu->sym)
+ return menu->sym->name;
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+struct menu *menu_get_root_menu(struct menu *menu)
+{
+ return &rootmenu;
+}
+
+struct menu *menu_get_parent_menu(struct menu *menu)
+{
+ enum prop_type type;
+
+ for (; menu != &rootmenu; menu = menu->parent) {
+ type = menu->prompt ? menu->prompt->type : 0;
+ if (type == P_MENU)
+ break;
+ }
+ return menu;
+}
+
+struct file *file_lookup(const char *name)
+{
+ struct file *file;
+
+ for (file = file_list; file; file = file->next) {
+ if (!strcmp(name, file->name))
+ return file;
+ }
+
+ file = malloc(sizeof(*file));
+ memset(file, 0, sizeof(*file));
+ file->name = strdup(name);
+ file->next = file_list;
+ file_list = file;
+ return file;
+}
+
+int file_write_dep(const char *name)
+{
+ struct file *file;
+ FILE *out;
+
+ if (!name)
+ name = ".config.cmd";
+ out = fopen(".config.tmp", "w");
+ if (!out)
+ return 1;
+ fprintf(out, "deps_config := \\\n");
+ for (file = file_list; file; file = file->next) {
+ if (file->next)
+ fprintf(out, "\t%s \\\n", file->name);
+ else
+ fprintf(out, "\t%s\n", file->name);
+ }
+ fprintf(out, "\n.config include/config.h: $(deps_config)\n\n$(deps_config):\n");
+ fclose(out);
+ rename(".config.tmp", name);
+ return 0;
+}
+
diff --git a/config/menubox.c b/config/menubox.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c2fd755b4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/config/menubox.c
@@ -0,0 +1,438 @@
+/*
+ * menubox.c -- implements the menu box
+ *
+ * ORIGINAL AUTHOR: Savio Lam (lam836@cs.cuhk.hk)
+ * MODIFIED FOR LINUX KERNEL CONFIG BY: William Roadcap (roadcapw@cfw.com)
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Changes by Clifford Wolf (god@clifford.at)
+ *
+ * [ 1998-06-13 ]
+ *
+ * *) A bugfix for the Page-Down problem
+ *
+ * *) Formerly when I used Page Down and Page Up, the cursor would be set
+ * to the first position in the menu box. Now lxdialog is a bit
+ * smarter and works more like other menu systems (just have a look at
+ * it).
+ *
+ * *) Formerly if I selected something my scrolling would be broken because
+ * lxdialog is re-invoked by the Menuconfig shell script, can't
+ * remember the last scrolling position, and just sets it so that the
+ * cursor is at the bottom of the box. Now it writes the temporary file
+ * lxdialog.scrltmp which contains this information. The file is
+ * deleted by lxdialog if the user leaves a submenu or enters a new
+ * one, but it would be nice if Menuconfig could make another "rm -f"
+ * just to be sure. Just try it out - you will recognise a difference!
+ *
+ * [ 1998-06-14 ]
+ *
+ * *) Now lxdialog is crash-safe against broken "lxdialog.scrltmp" files
+ * and menus change their size on the fly.
+ *
+ * *) If for some reason the last scrolling position is not saved by
+ * lxdialog, it sets the scrolling so that the selected item is in the
+ * middle of the menu box, not at the bottom.
+ *
+ * 02 January 1999, Michael Elizabeth Chastain (mec@shout.net)
+ * Reset 'scroll' to 0 if the value from lxdialog.scrltmp is bogus.
+ * This fixes a bug in Menuconfig where using ' ' to descend into menus
+ * would leave mis-synchronized lxdialog.scrltmp files lying around,
+ * fscanf would read in 'scroll', and eventually that value would get used.
+ */
+
+#include "dialog.h"
+
+static int menu_width, item_x;
+
+/*
+ * Print menu item
+ */
+static void
+print_item (WINDOW * win, const char *item, int choice, int selected, int hotkey)
+{
+ int j;
+ char menu_item[menu_width+1];
+
+ strncpy(menu_item, item, menu_width);
+ menu_item[menu_width] = 0;
+ j = first_alpha(menu_item, "YyNnMm");
+
+ /* Clear 'residue' of last item */
+ wattrset (win, menubox_attr);
+ wmove (win, choice, 0);
+#if OLD_NCURSES
+ {
+ int i;
+ for (i = 0; i < menu_width; i++)
+ waddch (win, ' ');
+ }
+#else
+ wclrtoeol(win);
+#endif
+ wattrset (win, selected ? item_selected_attr : item_attr);
+ mvwaddstr (win, choice, item_x, menu_item);
+#if 0
+ if (hotkey) {
+ wattrset (win, selected ? tag_key_selected_attr : tag_key_attr);
+ mvwaddch(win, choice, item_x+j, menu_item[j]);
+ }
+#endif
+ if (selected) {
+ wmove (win, choice, item_x+1);
+ wrefresh (win);
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+ * Print the scroll indicators.
+ */
+static void
+print_arrows (WINDOW * win, int item_no, int scroll,
+ int y, int x, int height)
+{
+ int cur_y, cur_x;
+
+ getyx(win, cur_y, cur_x);
+
+ wmove(win, y, x);
+
+ if (scroll > 0) {
+ wattrset (win, uarrow_attr);
+ waddch (win, ACS_UARROW);
+ waddstr (win, "(-)");
+ }
+ else {
+ wattrset (win, menubox_attr);
+ waddch (win, ACS_HLINE);
+ waddch (win, ACS_HLINE);
+ waddch (win, ACS_HLINE);
+ waddch (win, ACS_HLINE);
+ }
+
+ y = y + height + 1;
+ wmove(win, y, x);
+
+ if ((height < item_no) && (scroll + height < item_no)) {
+ wattrset (win, darrow_attr);
+ waddch (win, ACS_DARROW);
+ waddstr (win, "(+)");
+ }
+ else {
+ wattrset (win, menubox_border_attr);
+ waddch (win, ACS_HLINE);
+ waddch (win, ACS_HLINE);
+ waddch (win, ACS_HLINE);
+ waddch (win, ACS_HLINE);
+ }
+
+ wmove(win, cur_y, cur_x);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Display the termination buttons.
+ */
+static void
+print_buttons (WINDOW *win, int height, int width, int selected)
+{
+ int x = width / 2 - 16;
+ int y = height - 2;
+
+ print_button (win, "Select", y, x, selected == 0);
+ print_button (win, " Exit ", y, x + 12, selected == 1);
+ print_button (win, " Help ", y, x + 24, selected == 2);
+
+ wmove(win, y, x+1+12*selected);
+ wrefresh (win);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Display a menu for choosing among a number of options
+ */
+int
+dialog_menu (const char *title, const char *prompt, int height, int width,
+ int menu_height, const char *current, int item_no,
+ struct dialog_list_item ** items)
+{
+ int i, j, x, y, box_x, box_y;
+ int key = 0, button = 0, scroll = 0, choice = 0, first_item = 0, max_choice;
+ WINDOW *dialog, *menu;
+ FILE *f;
+
+ max_choice = MIN (menu_height, item_no);
+
+ /* center dialog box on screen */
+ x = (COLS - width) / 2;
+ y = (LINES - height) / 2;
+
+ draw_shadow (stdscr, y, x, height, width);
+
+ dialog = newwin (height, width, y, x);
+ keypad (dialog, TRUE);
+
+ draw_box (dialog, 0, 0, height, width, dialog_attr, border_attr);
+ wattrset (dialog, border_attr);
+ mvwaddch (dialog, height - 3, 0, ACS_LTEE);
+ for (i = 0; i < width - 2; i++)
+ waddch (dialog, ACS_HLINE);
+ wattrset (dialog, dialog_attr);
+ wbkgdset (dialog, dialog_attr & A_COLOR);
+ waddch (dialog, ACS_RTEE);
+
+ if (title != NULL && strlen(title) >= width-2 ) {
+ /* truncate long title -- mec */
+ char * title2 = malloc(width-2+1);
+ memcpy( title2, title, width-2 );
+ title2[width-2] = '\0';
+ title = title2;
+ }
+
+ if (title != NULL) {
+ wattrset (dialog, title_attr);
+ mvwaddch (dialog, 0, (width - strlen(title))/2 - 1, ' ');
+ waddstr (dialog, (char *)title);
+ waddch (dialog, ' ');
+ }
+
+ wattrset (dialog, dialog_attr);
+ print_autowrap (dialog, prompt, width - 2, 1, 3);
+
+ menu_width = width - 6;
+ box_y = height - menu_height - 5;
+ box_x = (width - menu_width) / 2 - 1;
+
+ /* create new window for the menu */
+ menu = subwin (dialog, menu_height, menu_width,
+ y + box_y + 1, x + box_x + 1);
+ keypad (menu, TRUE);
+
+ /* draw a box around the menu items */
+ draw_box (dialog, box_y, box_x, menu_height + 2, menu_width + 2,
+ menubox_border_attr, menubox_attr);
+
+ /*
+ * Find length of longest item in order to center menu.
+ * Set 'choice' to default item.
+ */
+ item_x = 0;
+ for (i = 0; i < item_no; i++) {
+ item_x = MAX (item_x, MIN(menu_width, strlen (items[i]->name) + 2));
+ if (strcmp(current, items[i]->tag) == 0) choice = i;
+ }
+
+ item_x = (menu_width - item_x) / 2;
+
+ /* get the scroll info from the temp file */
+ if ( (f=fopen("lxdialog.scrltmp","r")) != NULL ) {
+ if ( (fscanf(f,"%d\n",&scroll) == 1) && (scroll <= choice) &&
+ (scroll+max_choice > choice) && (scroll >= 0) &&
+ (scroll+max_choice <= item_no) ) {
+ first_item = scroll;
+ choice = choice - scroll;
+ fclose(f);
+ } else {
+ scroll=0;
+ remove("lxdialog.scrltmp");
+ fclose(f);
+ f=NULL;
+ }
+ }
+ if ( (choice >= max_choice) || (f==NULL && choice >= max_choice/2) ) {
+ if (choice >= item_no-max_choice/2)
+ scroll = first_item = item_no-max_choice;
+ else
+ scroll = first_item = choice - max_choice/2;
+ choice = choice - scroll;
+ }
+
+ /* Print the menu */
+ for (i=0; i < max_choice; i++) {
+ print_item (menu, items[first_item + i]->name, i, i == choice,
+ (items[first_item + i]->tag[0] != ':'));
+ }
+
+ wnoutrefresh (menu);
+
+ print_arrows(dialog, item_no, scroll,
+ box_y, box_x+item_x+1, menu_height);
+
+ print_buttons (dialog, height, width, 0);
+ wmove (menu, choice, item_x+1);
+ wrefresh (menu);
+
+ while (key != ESC) {
+ key = wgetch(menu);
+
+ if (key < 256 && isalpha(key)) key = tolower(key);
+
+ if (strchr("ynm", key))
+ i = max_choice;
+ else {
+ for (i = choice+1; i < max_choice; i++) {
+ j = first_alpha(items[scroll + i]->name, "YyNnMm>");
+ if (key == tolower(items[scroll + i]->name[j]))
+ break;
+ }
+ if (i == max_choice)
+ for (i = 0; i < max_choice; i++) {
+ j = first_alpha(items[scroll + i]->name, "YyNnMm>");
+ if (key == tolower(items[scroll + i]->name[j]))
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (i < max_choice ||
+ key == KEY_UP || key == KEY_DOWN ||
+ key == '-' || key == '+' ||
+ key == KEY_PPAGE || key == KEY_NPAGE) {
+
+ print_item (menu, items[scroll + choice]->name, choice, FALSE,
+ (items[scroll + choice]->tag[0] != ':'));
+
+ if (key == KEY_UP || key == '-') {
+ if (choice < 2 && scroll) {
+ /* Scroll menu down */
+ scrollok (menu, TRUE);
+ wscrl (menu, -1);
+ scrollok (menu, FALSE);
+
+ scroll--;
+
+ print_item (menu, items[scroll]->name, 0, FALSE,
+ (items[scroll]->tag[0] != ':'));
+ } else
+ choice = MAX(choice - 1, 0);
+
+ } else if (key == KEY_DOWN || key == '+') {
+
+ print_item (menu, items[scroll + choice]->name, choice, FALSE,
+ (items[scroll + choice]->tag[0] != ':'));
+
+ if ((choice > max_choice-3) &&
+ (scroll + max_choice < item_no)
+ ) {
+ /* Scroll menu up */
+ scrollok (menu, TRUE);
+ scroll (menu);
+ scrollok (menu, FALSE);
+
+ scroll++;
+
+ print_item (menu, items[scroll + max_choice - 1]->name,
+ max_choice-1, FALSE,
+ (items[scroll + max_choice - 1]->tag[0] != ':'));
+ } else
+ choice = MIN(choice+1, max_choice-1);
+
+ } else if (key == KEY_PPAGE) {
+ scrollok (menu, TRUE);
+ for (i=0; (i < max_choice); i++) {
+ if (scroll > 0) {
+ wscrl (menu, -1);
+ scroll--;
+ print_item (menu, items[scroll]->name, 0, FALSE,
+ (items[scroll]->tag[0] != ':'));
+ } else {
+ if (choice > 0)
+ choice--;
+ }
+ }
+ scrollok (menu, FALSE);
+
+ } else if (key == KEY_NPAGE) {
+ for (i=0; (i < max_choice); i++) {
+ if (scroll+max_choice < item_no) {
+ scrollok (menu, TRUE);
+ scroll(menu);
+ scrollok (menu, FALSE);
+ scroll++;
+ print_item (menu, items[scroll + max_choice - 1]->name,
+ max_choice-1, FALSE,
+ (items[scroll + max_choice - 1]->tag[0] != ':'));
+ } else {
+ if (choice+1 < max_choice)
+ choice++;
+ }
+ }
+
+ } else
+ choice = i;
+
+ print_item (menu, items[scroll + choice]->name, choice, TRUE,
+ (items[scroll + choice]->tag[0] != ':'));
+
+ print_arrows(dialog, item_no, scroll,
+ box_y, box_x+item_x+1, menu_height);
+
+ wnoutrefresh (dialog);
+ wrefresh (menu);
+
+ continue; /* wait for another key press */
+ }
+
+ switch (key) {
+ case KEY_LEFT:
+ case TAB:
+ case KEY_RIGHT:
+ button = ((key == KEY_LEFT ? --button : ++button) < 0)
+ ? 2 : (button > 2 ? 0 : button);
+
+ print_buttons(dialog, height, width, button);
+ wrefresh (menu);
+ break;
+ case ' ':
+ case 's':
+ case 'y':
+ case 'n':
+ case 'm':
+ /* save scroll info */
+ if ( (f=fopen("lxdialog.scrltmp","w")) != NULL ) {
+ fprintf(f,"%d\n",scroll);
+ fclose(f);
+ }
+ delwin (dialog);
+ items[scroll + choice]->selected = 1;
+ switch (key) {
+ case 's': return 3;
+ case 'y': return 3;
+ case 'n': return 4;
+ case 'm': return 5;
+ case ' ': return 6;
+ }
+ return 0;
+ case 'h':
+ case '?':
+ button = 2;
+ case '\n':
+ delwin (dialog);
+ items[scroll + choice]->selected = 1;
+
+ remove("lxdialog.scrltmp");
+ return button;
+ case 'e':
+ case 'x':
+ key = ESC;
+ case ESC:
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ delwin (dialog);
+ remove("lxdialog.scrltmp");
+ return -1; /* ESC pressed */
+}
diff --git a/config/msgbox.c b/config/msgbox.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..93692e1fb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/config/msgbox.c
@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
+/*
+ * msgbox.c -- implements the message box and info box
+ *
+ * ORIGINAL AUTHOR: Savio Lam (lam836@cs.cuhk.hk)
+ * MODIFIED FOR LINUX KERNEL CONFIG BY: William Roadcap (roadcapw@cfw.com)
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+ */
+
+#include "dialog.h"
+
+/*
+ * Display a message box. Program will pause and display an "OK" button
+ * if the parameter 'pause' is non-zero.
+ */
+int
+dialog_msgbox (const char *title, const char *prompt, int height, int width,
+ int pause)
+{
+ int i, x, y, key = 0;
+ WINDOW *dialog;
+
+ /* center dialog box on screen */
+ x = (COLS - width) / 2;
+ y = (LINES - height) / 2;
+
+ draw_shadow (stdscr, y, x, height, width);
+
+ dialog = newwin (height, width, y, x);
+ keypad (dialog, TRUE);
+
+ draw_box (dialog, 0, 0, height, width, dialog_attr, border_attr);
+
+ if (title != NULL && strlen(title) >= width-2 ) {
+ /* truncate long title -- mec */
+ char * title2 = malloc(width-2+1);
+ memcpy( title2, title, width-2 );
+ title2[width-2] = '\0';
+ title = title2;
+ }
+
+ if (title != NULL) {
+ wattrset (dialog, title_attr);
+ mvwaddch (dialog, 0, (width - strlen(title))/2 - 1, ' ');
+ waddstr (dialog, (char *)title);
+ waddch (dialog, ' ');
+ }
+ wattrset (dialog, dialog_attr);
+ print_autowrap (dialog, prompt, width - 2, 1, 2);
+
+ if (pause) {
+ wattrset (dialog, border_attr);
+ mvwaddch (dialog, height - 3, 0, ACS_LTEE);
+ for (i = 0; i < width - 2; i++)
+ waddch (dialog, ACS_HLINE);
+ wattrset (dialog, dialog_attr);
+ waddch (dialog, ACS_RTEE);
+
+ print_button (dialog, " Ok ",
+ height - 2, width / 2 - 4, TRUE);
+
+ wrefresh (dialog);
+ while (key != ESC && key != '\n' && key != ' ' &&
+ key != 'O' && key != 'o' && key != 'X' && key != 'x')
+ key = wgetch (dialog);
+ } else {
+ key = '\n';
+ wrefresh (dialog);
+ }
+
+ delwin (dialog);
+ return key == ESC ? -1 : 0;
+}
diff --git a/config/symbol.c b/config/symbol.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b9d2c3d2a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/config/symbol.c
@@ -0,0 +1,782 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2002 Roman Zippel <zippel@linux-m68k.org>
+ * Released under the terms of the GNU GPL v2.0.
+ */
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <sys/utsname.h>
+
+#define LKC_DIRECT_LINK
+#include "lkc.h"
+
+extern int output_mode;
+
+struct symbol symbol_yes = {
+ .name = "y",
+ .curr = { "y", yes },
+ .flags = SYMBOL_YES|SYMBOL_VALID,
+}, symbol_mod = {
+ .name = "m",
+ .curr = { "m", mod },
+ .flags = SYMBOL_MOD|SYMBOL_VALID,
+}, symbol_no = {
+ .name = "n",
+ .curr = { "n", no },
+ .flags = SYMBOL_NO|SYMBOL_VALID,
+}, symbol_empty = {
+ .name = "",
+ .curr = { "", no },
+ .flags = SYMBOL_VALID,
+};
+
+int sym_change_count;
+struct symbol *modules_sym;
+tristate modules_val;
+
+void sym_add_default(struct symbol *sym, const char *def)
+{
+ struct property *prop = prop_alloc(P_DEFAULT, sym);
+
+ prop->expr = expr_alloc_symbol(sym_lookup(def, 1));
+}
+
+void sym_init(void)
+{
+ struct symbol *sym;
+ char *p;
+ static bool inited = false;
+
+ if (inited)
+ return;
+ inited = true;
+
+ sym = sym_lookup("VERSION", 0);
+ sym->type = S_STRING;
+ sym->flags |= SYMBOL_AUTO;
+ p = getenv("VERSION");
+ if (p)
+ sym_add_default(sym, p);
+
+ sym = sym_lookup("TARGET_ARCH", 0);
+ sym->type = S_STRING;
+ sym->flags |= SYMBOL_AUTO;
+ p = getenv("TARGET_ARCH");
+ if (p)
+ sym_add_default(sym, p);
+
+}
+
+enum symbol_type sym_get_type(struct symbol *sym)
+{
+ enum symbol_type type = sym->type;
+
+ if (type == S_TRISTATE) {
+ if (sym_is_choice_value(sym) && sym->visible == yes)
+ type = S_BOOLEAN;
+ else if (modules_val == no)
+ type = S_BOOLEAN;
+ }
+ return type;
+}
+
+const char *sym_type_name(enum symbol_type type)
+{
+ switch (type) {
+ case S_BOOLEAN:
+ return "boolean";
+ case S_TRISTATE:
+ return "tristate";
+ case S_INT:
+ return "integer";
+ case S_HEX:
+ return "hex";
+ case S_STRING:
+ return "string";
+ case S_UNKNOWN:
+ return "unknown";
+ case S_OTHER:
+ break;
+ }
+ return "???";
+}
+
+struct property *sym_get_choice_prop(struct symbol *sym)
+{
+ struct property *prop;
+
+ for_all_choices(sym, prop)
+ return prop;
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+struct property *sym_get_default_prop(struct symbol *sym)
+{
+ struct property *prop;
+
+ for_all_defaults(sym, prop) {
+ prop->visible.tri = expr_calc_value(prop->visible.expr);
+ if (prop->visible.tri != no || output_mode)
+ return prop;
+ }
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+struct property *sym_get_range_prop(struct symbol *sym)
+{
+ struct property *prop;
+
+ for_all_properties(sym, prop, P_RANGE) {
+ prop->visible.tri = expr_calc_value(prop->visible.expr);
+ if (prop->visible.tri != no)
+ return prop;
+ }
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+static void sym_calc_visibility(struct symbol *sym)
+{
+ struct property *prop;
+ tristate tri;
+ bool deselected = false;
+
+ /* any prompt visible? */
+ tri = no;
+ for_all_prompts(sym, prop) {
+ prop->visible.tri = expr_calc_value(prop->visible.expr);
+ tri = E_OR(tri, prop->visible.tri);
+ }
+ if (tri == mod && (sym->type != S_TRISTATE || modules_val == no))
+ tri = yes;
+ if (sym->rev_dep_inv.expr && (expr_calc_value(sym->rev_dep_inv.expr) == yes)) {
+ tri = no;
+ deselected = true;
+ }
+ if (sym->visible != tri) {
+ sym->visible = tri;
+ sym_set_changed(sym);
+ }
+ if (sym_is_choice_value(sym) || deselected)
+ return;
+ tri = no;
+ if (sym->rev_dep.expr)
+ tri = expr_calc_value(sym->rev_dep.expr);
+ if (tri == mod && sym_get_type(sym) == S_BOOLEAN)
+ tri = yes;
+ if (sym->rev_dep.tri != tri) {
+ sym->rev_dep.tri = tri;
+ sym_set_changed(sym);
+ }
+}
+
+static struct symbol *sym_calc_choice(struct symbol *sym)
+{
+ struct symbol *def_sym;
+ struct property *prop;
+ struct expr *e;
+
+ /* is the user choice visible? */
+ def_sym = sym->user.val;
+ if (def_sym) {
+ sym_calc_visibility(def_sym);
+ if (def_sym->visible != no)
+ return def_sym;
+ }
+
+ /* any of the defaults visible? */
+ for_all_defaults(sym, prop) {
+ prop->visible.tri = expr_calc_value(prop->visible.expr);
+ if (prop->visible.tri == no)
+ continue;
+ def_sym = prop_get_symbol(prop);
+ sym_calc_visibility(def_sym);
+ if (def_sym->visible != no)
+ return def_sym;
+ }
+
+ /* just get the first visible value */
+ prop = sym_get_choice_prop(sym);
+ for (e = prop->expr; e; e = e->left.expr) {
+ def_sym = e->right.sym;
+ sym_calc_visibility(def_sym);
+ if (def_sym->visible != no)
+ return def_sym;
+ }
+
+ /* no choice? reset tristate value */
+ sym->curr.tri = no;
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+void sym_calc_value(struct symbol *sym)
+{
+ struct symbol_value newval, oldval;
+ struct property *prop;
+ struct expr *e;
+
+ if (!sym)
+ return;
+
+ if (sym->flags & SYMBOL_VALID)
+ return;
+ sym->flags |= SYMBOL_VALID;
+
+ oldval = sym->curr;
+
+ switch (sym->type) {
+ case S_INT:
+ case S_HEX:
+ case S_STRING:
+ newval = symbol_empty.curr;
+ break;
+ case S_BOOLEAN:
+ case S_TRISTATE:
+ newval = symbol_no.curr;
+ break;
+ default:
+ sym->curr.val = sym->name;
+ sym->curr.tri = no;
+ return;
+ }
+ if (!sym_is_choice_value(sym))
+ sym->flags &= ~SYMBOL_WRITE;
+
+ sym_calc_visibility(sym);
+
+ /* set default if recursively called */
+ sym->curr = newval;
+
+ switch (sym_get_type(sym)) {
+ case S_BOOLEAN:
+ case S_TRISTATE:
+ if (sym_is_choice_value(sym) && sym->visible == yes) {
+ prop = sym_get_choice_prop(sym);
+ newval.tri = (prop_get_symbol(prop)->curr.val == sym) ? yes : no;
+ } else if (sym->rev_dep_inv.expr && (expr_calc_value(sym->rev_dep_inv.expr) == yes)) {
+ newval.tri = no;
+ } else if (E_OR(sym->visible, sym->rev_dep.tri) != no) {
+ sym->flags |= SYMBOL_WRITE;
+ if (sym_has_value(sym))
+ newval.tri = sym->user.tri;
+ else if (!sym_is_choice(sym)) {
+ prop = sym_get_default_prop(sym);
+ if (prop)
+ newval.tri = expr_calc_value(prop->expr);
+ }
+ newval.tri = E_OR(E_AND(newval.tri, sym->visible), sym->rev_dep.tri);
+ } else if (!sym_is_choice(sym)) {
+ prop = sym_get_default_prop(sym);
+ if (prop) {
+ sym->flags |= SYMBOL_WRITE;
+ newval.tri = expr_calc_value(prop->expr);
+ }
+ }
+ if (newval.tri == mod && sym_get_type(sym) == S_BOOLEAN)
+ newval.tri = yes;
+ break;
+ case S_STRING:
+ case S_HEX:
+ case S_INT:
+ if (sym->visible != no) {
+ sym->flags |= SYMBOL_WRITE;
+ if (sym_has_value(sym)) {
+ newval.val = sym->user.val;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ prop = sym_get_default_prop(sym);
+ if (prop) {
+ struct symbol *ds = prop_get_symbol(prop);
+ if (ds) {
+ sym->flags |= SYMBOL_WRITE;
+ sym_calc_value(ds);
+ newval.val = ds->curr.val;
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+ default:
+ ;
+ }
+
+ sym->curr = newval;
+ if (sym_is_choice(sym) && newval.tri == yes)
+ sym->curr.val = sym_calc_choice(sym);
+
+ if (memcmp(&oldval, &sym->curr, sizeof(oldval)))
+ sym_set_changed(sym);
+ if (modules_sym == sym)
+ modules_val = modules_sym->curr.tri;
+
+ if (sym_is_choice(sym)) {
+ int flags = sym->flags & (SYMBOL_CHANGED | SYMBOL_WRITE);
+ prop = sym_get_choice_prop(sym);
+ for (e = prop->expr; e; e = e->left.expr) {
+ e->right.sym->flags |= flags;
+ if (flags & SYMBOL_CHANGED)
+ sym_set_changed(e->right.sym);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+void sym_clear_all_valid(void)
+{
+ struct symbol *sym;
+ int i;
+
+ for_all_symbols(i, sym)
+ sym->flags &= ~SYMBOL_VALID;
+ sym_change_count++;
+ if (modules_sym)
+ sym_calc_value(modules_sym);
+}
+
+void sym_set_changed(struct symbol *sym)
+{
+ struct property *prop;
+
+ sym->flags |= SYMBOL_CHANGED;
+ for (prop = sym->prop; prop; prop = prop->next) {
+ if (prop->menu)
+ prop->menu->flags |= MENU_CHANGED;
+ }
+}
+
+void sym_set_all_changed(void)
+{
+ struct symbol *sym;
+ int i;
+
+ for_all_symbols(i, sym)
+ sym_set_changed(sym);
+}
+
+bool sym_tristate_within_range(struct symbol *sym, tristate val)
+{
+ int type = sym_get_type(sym);
+
+ if (sym->visible == no)
+ return false;
+
+ if (type != S_BOOLEAN && type != S_TRISTATE)
+ return false;
+
+ if (type == S_BOOLEAN && val == mod)
+ return false;
+ if (sym->visible <= sym->rev_dep.tri)
+ return false;
+ if (sym_is_choice_value(sym) && sym->visible == yes)
+ return val == yes;
+ return val >= sym->rev_dep.tri && val <= sym->visible;
+}
+
+bool sym_set_tristate_value(struct symbol *sym, tristate val)
+{
+ tristate oldval = sym_get_tristate_value(sym);
+
+ if (oldval != val && !sym_tristate_within_range(sym, val))
+ return false;
+
+ if (sym->flags & SYMBOL_NEW) {
+ sym->flags &= ~SYMBOL_NEW;
+ sym_set_changed(sym);
+ }
+ if (sym_is_choice_value(sym) && val == yes) {
+ struct symbol *cs = prop_get_symbol(sym_get_choice_prop(sym));
+
+ cs->user.val = sym;
+ cs->flags &= ~SYMBOL_NEW;
+ }
+
+ sym->user.tri = val;
+ if (oldval != val) {
+ sym_clear_all_valid();
+ if (sym == modules_sym)
+ sym_set_all_changed();
+ }
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+tristate sym_toggle_tristate_value(struct symbol *sym)
+{
+ tristate oldval, newval;
+
+ oldval = newval = sym_get_tristate_value(sym);
+ do {
+ switch (newval) {
+ case no:
+ newval = mod;
+ break;
+ case mod:
+ newval = yes;
+ break;
+ case yes:
+ newval = no;
+ break;
+ }
+ if (sym_set_tristate_value(sym, newval))
+ break;
+ } while (oldval != newval);
+ return newval;
+}
+
+bool sym_string_valid(struct symbol *sym, const char *str)
+{
+ char ch;
+
+ switch (sym->type) {
+ case S_STRING:
+ return true;
+ case S_INT:
+ ch = *str++;
+ if (ch == '-')
+ ch = *str++;
+ if (!isdigit(ch))
+ return false;
+ if (ch == '0' && *str != 0)
+ return false;
+ while ((ch = *str++)) {
+ if (!isdigit(ch))
+ return false;
+ }
+ return true;
+ case S_HEX:
+ if (str[0] == '0' && (str[1] == 'x' || str[1] == 'X'))
+ str += 2;
+ ch = *str++;
+ do {
+ if (!isxdigit(ch))
+ return false;
+ } while ((ch = *str++));
+ return true;
+ case S_BOOLEAN:
+ case S_TRISTATE:
+ switch (str[0]) {
+ case 'y': case 'Y':
+ case 'm': case 'M':
+ case 'n': case 'N':
+ return true;
+ }
+ return false;
+ default:
+ return false;
+ }
+}
+
+bool sym_string_within_range(struct symbol *sym, const char *str)
+{
+ struct property *prop;
+ int val;
+
+ switch (sym->type) {
+ case S_STRING:
+ return sym_string_valid(sym, str);
+ case S_INT:
+ if (!sym_string_valid(sym, str))
+ return false;
+ prop = sym_get_range_prop(sym);
+ if (!prop)
+ return true;
+ val = strtol(str, NULL, 10);
+ return val >= strtol(prop->expr->left.sym->name, NULL, 10) &&
+ val <= strtol(prop->expr->right.sym->name, NULL, 10);
+ case S_HEX:
+ if (!sym_string_valid(sym, str))
+ return false;
+ prop = sym_get_range_prop(sym);
+ if (!prop)
+ return true;
+ val = strtol(str, NULL, 16);
+ return val >= strtol(prop->expr->left.sym->name, NULL, 16) &&
+ val <= strtol(prop->expr->right.sym->name, NULL, 16);
+ case S_BOOLEAN:
+ case S_TRISTATE:
+ switch (str[0]) {
+ case 'y': case 'Y':
+ return sym_tristate_within_range(sym, yes);
+ case 'm': case 'M':
+ return sym_tristate_within_range(sym, mod);
+ case 'n': case 'N':
+ return sym_tristate_within_range(sym, no);
+ }
+ return false;
+ default:
+ return false;
+ }
+}
+
+bool sym_set_string_value(struct symbol *sym, const char *newval)
+{
+ const char *oldval;
+ char *val;
+ int size;
+
+ switch (sym->type) {
+ case S_BOOLEAN:
+ case S_TRISTATE:
+ switch (newval[0]) {
+ case 'y': case 'Y':
+ return sym_set_tristate_value(sym, yes);
+ case 'm': case 'M':
+ return sym_set_tristate_value(sym, mod);
+ case 'n': case 'N':
+ return sym_set_tristate_value(sym, no);
+ }
+ return false;
+ default:
+ ;
+ }
+
+ if (!sym_string_within_range(sym, newval))
+ return false;
+
+ if (sym->flags & SYMBOL_NEW) {
+ sym->flags &= ~SYMBOL_NEW;
+ sym_set_changed(sym);
+ }
+
+ oldval = sym->user.val;
+ size = strlen(newval) + 1;
+ if (sym->type == S_HEX && (newval[0] != '0' || (newval[1] != 'x' && newval[1] != 'X'))) {
+ size += 2;
+ sym->user.val = val = malloc(size);
+ *val++ = '0';
+ *val++ = 'x';
+ } else if (!oldval || strcmp(oldval, newval))
+ sym->user.val = val = malloc(size);
+ else
+ return true;
+
+ strcpy(val, newval);
+ free((void *)oldval);
+ sym_clear_all_valid();
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+const char *sym_get_string_value(struct symbol *sym)
+{
+ tristate val;
+
+ switch (sym->type) {
+ case S_BOOLEAN:
+ case S_TRISTATE:
+ val = sym_get_tristate_value(sym);
+ switch (val) {
+ case no:
+ return "n";
+ case mod:
+ return "m";
+ case yes:
+ return "y";
+ }
+ break;
+ default:
+ ;
+ }
+ return (const char *)sym->curr.val;
+}
+
+bool sym_is_changable(struct symbol *sym)
+{
+ return sym->visible > sym->rev_dep.tri;
+}
+
+struct symbol *sym_lookup(const char *name, int isconst)
+{
+ struct symbol *symbol;
+ const char *ptr;
+ char *new_name;
+ int hash = 0;
+
+ if (name) {
+ if (name[0] && !name[1]) {
+ switch (name[0]) {
+ case 'y': return &symbol_yes;
+ case 'm': return &symbol_mod;
+ case 'n': return &symbol_no;
+ }
+ }
+ for (ptr = name; *ptr; ptr++)
+ hash += *ptr;
+ hash &= 0xff;
+
+ for (symbol = symbol_hash[hash]; symbol; symbol = symbol->next) {
+ if (!strcmp(symbol->name, name)) {
+ if ((isconst && symbol->flags & SYMBOL_CONST) ||
+ (!isconst && !(symbol->flags & SYMBOL_CONST)))
+ return symbol;
+ }
+ }
+ new_name = strdup(name);
+ } else {
+ new_name = NULL;
+ hash = 256;
+ }
+
+ symbol = malloc(sizeof(*symbol));
+ memset(symbol, 0, sizeof(*symbol));
+ symbol->name = new_name;
+ symbol->type = S_UNKNOWN;
+ symbol->flags = SYMBOL_NEW;
+ if (isconst)
+ symbol->flags |= SYMBOL_CONST;
+
+ symbol->next = symbol_hash[hash];
+ symbol_hash[hash] = symbol;
+
+ return symbol;
+}
+
+struct symbol *sym_find(const char *name)
+{
+ struct symbol *symbol = NULL;
+ const char *ptr;
+ int hash = 0;
+
+ if (!name)
+ return NULL;
+
+ if (name[0] && !name[1]) {
+ switch (name[0]) {
+ case 'y': return &symbol_yes;
+ case 'm': return &symbol_mod;
+ case 'n': return &symbol_no;
+ }
+ }
+ for (ptr = name; *ptr; ptr++)
+ hash += *ptr;
+ hash &= 0xff;
+
+ for (symbol = symbol_hash[hash]; symbol; symbol = symbol->next) {
+ if (!strcmp(symbol->name, name) &&
+ !(symbol->flags & SYMBOL_CONST))
+ break;
+ }
+
+ return symbol;
+}
+
+struct symbol *sym_check_deps(struct symbol *sym);
+
+static struct symbol *sym_check_expr_deps(struct expr *e)
+{
+ struct symbol *sym;
+
+ if (!e)
+ return NULL;
+ switch (e->type) {
+ case E_OR:
+ case E_AND:
+ sym = sym_check_expr_deps(e->left.expr);
+ if (sym)
+ return sym;
+ return sym_check_expr_deps(e->right.expr);
+ case E_NOT:
+ return sym_check_expr_deps(e->left.expr);
+ case E_EQUAL:
+ case E_UNEQUAL:
+ sym = sym_check_deps(e->left.sym);
+ if (sym)
+ return sym;
+ return sym_check_deps(e->right.sym);
+ case E_SYMBOL:
+ return sym_check_deps(e->left.sym);
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+ printf("Oops! How to check %d?\n", e->type);
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+struct symbol *sym_check_deps(struct symbol *sym)
+{
+ struct symbol *sym2;
+ struct property *prop;
+
+ if (sym->flags & SYMBOL_CHECK_DONE)
+ return NULL;
+ if (sym->flags & SYMBOL_CHECK) {
+ printf("Warning! Found recursive dependency: %s", sym->name);
+ return sym;
+ }
+
+ sym->flags |= (SYMBOL_CHECK | SYMBOL_CHECKED);
+ sym2 = sym_check_expr_deps(sym->rev_dep.expr);
+ if (sym2)
+ goto out;
+
+ for (prop = sym->prop; prop; prop = prop->next) {
+ if (prop->type == P_CHOICE || prop->type == P_SELECT || prop->type == P_SELECTNOT)
+ continue;
+ sym2 = sym_check_expr_deps(prop->visible.expr);
+ if (sym2)
+ goto out;
+ if (prop->type != P_DEFAULT || sym_is_choice(sym))
+ continue;
+ sym2 = sym_check_expr_deps(prop->expr);
+ if (sym2)
+ goto out;
+ }
+out:
+ if (sym2)
+ printf(" %s", sym->name);
+ sym->flags &= ~SYMBOL_CHECK;
+ return sym2;
+}
+
+struct property *prop_alloc(enum prop_type type, struct symbol *sym)
+{
+ struct property *prop;
+ struct property **propp;
+
+ prop = malloc(sizeof(*prop));
+ memset(prop, 0, sizeof(*prop));
+ prop->type = type;
+ prop->sym = sym;
+ prop->file = current_file;
+ prop->lineno = zconf_lineno();
+
+ /* append property to the prop list of symbol */
+ if (sym) {
+ for (propp = &sym->prop; *propp; propp = &(*propp)->next)
+ ;
+ *propp = prop;
+ }
+
+ return prop;
+}
+
+struct symbol *prop_get_symbol(struct property *prop)
+{
+ if (prop->expr && (prop->expr->type == E_SYMBOL ||
+ prop->expr->type == E_CHOICE))
+ return prop->expr->left.sym;
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+const char *prop_get_type_name(enum prop_type type)
+{
+ switch (type) {
+ case P_PROMPT:
+ return "prompt";
+ case P_COMMENT:
+ return "comment";
+ case P_MENU:
+ return "menu";
+ case P_DEFAULT:
+ return "default";
+ case P_CHOICE:
+ return "choice";
+ case P_SELECT:
+ case P_SELECTNOT:
+ return "select";
+ case P_RANGE:
+ return "range";
+ case P_UNKNOWN:
+ break;
+ }
+ return "unknown";
+}
diff --git a/config/textbox.c b/config/textbox.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a5a460b5c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/config/textbox.c
@@ -0,0 +1,556 @@
+/*
+ * textbox.c -- implements the text box
+ *
+ * ORIGINAL AUTHOR: Savio Lam (lam836@cs.cuhk.hk)
+ * MODIFIED FOR LINUX KERNEL CONFIG BY: William Roadcap (roadcap@cfw.com)
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+ */
+
+#include "dialog.h"
+
+static void back_lines (int n);
+static void print_page (WINDOW * win, int height, int width);
+static void print_line (WINDOW * win, int row, int width);
+static char *get_line (void);
+static void print_position (WINDOW * win, int height, int width);
+
+static int hscroll, fd, file_size, bytes_read;
+static int begin_reached = 1, end_reached, page_length;
+static char *buf, *page;
+
+/*
+ * Display text from a file in a dialog box.
+ */
+int
+dialog_textbox (const char *title, const char *file, int height, int width)
+{
+ int i, x, y, cur_x, cur_y, fpos, key = 0;
+ int passed_end;
+ char search_term[MAX_LEN + 1];
+ WINDOW *dialog, *text;
+
+ search_term[0] = '\0'; /* no search term entered yet */
+
+ /* Open input file for reading */
+ if ((fd = open (file, O_RDONLY)) == -1) {
+ endwin ();
+ fprintf (stderr,
+ "\nCan't open input file in dialog_textbox().\n");
+ exit (-1);
+ }
+ /* Get file size. Actually, 'file_size' is the real file size - 1,
+ since it's only the last byte offset from the beginning */
+ if ((file_size = lseek (fd, 0, SEEK_END)) == -1) {
+ endwin ();
+ fprintf (stderr, "\nError getting file size in dialog_textbox().\n");
+ exit (-1);
+ }
+ /* Restore file pointer to beginning of file after getting file size */
+ if (lseek (fd, 0, SEEK_SET) == -1) {
+ endwin ();
+ fprintf (stderr, "\nError moving file pointer in dialog_textbox().\n");
+ exit (-1);
+ }
+ /* Allocate space for read buffer */
+ if ((buf = malloc (BUF_SIZE + 1)) == NULL) {
+ endwin ();
+ fprintf (stderr, "\nCan't allocate memory in dialog_textbox().\n");
+ exit (-1);
+ }
+ if ((bytes_read = read (fd, buf, BUF_SIZE)) == -1) {
+ endwin ();
+ fprintf (stderr, "\nError reading file in dialog_textbox().\n");
+ exit (-1);
+ }
+ buf[bytes_read] = '\0'; /* mark end of valid data */
+ page = buf; /* page is pointer to start of page to be displayed */
+
+ /* center dialog box on screen */
+ x = (COLS - width) / 2;
+ y = (LINES - height) / 2;
+
+
+ draw_shadow (stdscr, y, x, height, width);
+
+ dialog = newwin (height, width, y, x);
+ keypad (dialog, TRUE);
+
+ /* Create window for text region, used for scrolling text */
+ text = subwin (dialog, height - 4, width - 2, y + 1, x + 1);
+ wattrset (text, dialog_attr);
+ wbkgdset (text, dialog_attr & A_COLOR);
+
+ keypad (text, TRUE);
+
+ /* register the new window, along with its borders */
+ draw_box (dialog, 0, 0, height, width, dialog_attr, border_attr);
+
+ wattrset (dialog, border_attr);
+ mvwaddch (dialog, height-3, 0, ACS_LTEE);
+ for (i = 0; i < width - 2; i++)
+ waddch (dialog, ACS_HLINE);
+ wattrset (dialog, dialog_attr);
+ wbkgdset (dialog, dialog_attr & A_COLOR);
+ waddch (dialog, ACS_RTEE);
+
+ if (title != NULL && strlen(title) >= width-2 ) {
+ /* truncate long title -- mec */
+ char * title2 = malloc(width-2+1);
+ memcpy( title2, title, width-2 );
+ title2[width-2] = '\0';
+ title = title2;
+ }
+
+ if (title != NULL) {
+ wattrset (dialog, title_attr);
+ mvwaddch (dialog, 0, (width - strlen(title))/2 - 1, ' ');
+ waddstr (dialog, (char *)title);
+ waddch (dialog, ' ');
+ }
+ print_button (dialog, " Exit ", height - 2, width / 2 - 4, TRUE);
+ wnoutrefresh (dialog);
+ getyx (dialog, cur_y, cur_x); /* Save cursor position */
+
+ /* Print first page of text */
+ attr_clear (text, height - 4, width - 2, dialog_attr);
+ print_page (text, height - 4, width - 2);
+ print_position (dialog, height, width);
+ wmove (dialog, cur_y, cur_x); /* Restore cursor position */
+ wrefresh (dialog);
+
+ while ((key != ESC) && (key != '\n')) {
+ key = wgetch (dialog);
+ switch (key) {
+ case 'E': /* Exit */
+ case 'e':
+ case 'X':
+ case 'x':
+ delwin (dialog);
+ free (buf);
+ close (fd);
+ return 0;
+ case 'g': /* First page */
+ case KEY_HOME:
+ if (!begin_reached) {
+ begin_reached = 1;
+ /* First page not in buffer? */
+ if ((fpos = lseek (fd, 0, SEEK_CUR)) == -1) {
+ endwin ();
+ fprintf (stderr,
+ "\nError moving file pointer in dialog_textbox().\n");
+ exit (-1);
+ }
+ if (fpos > bytes_read) { /* Yes, we have to read it in */
+ if (lseek (fd, 0, SEEK_SET) == -1) {
+ endwin ();
+ fprintf (stderr, "\nError moving file pointer in "
+ "dialog_textbox().\n");
+ exit (-1);
+ }
+ if ((bytes_read = read (fd, buf, BUF_SIZE)) == -1) {
+ endwin ();
+ fprintf (stderr,
+ "\nError reading file in dialog_textbox().\n");
+ exit (-1);
+ }
+ buf[bytes_read] = '\0';
+ }
+ page = buf;
+ print_page (text, height - 4, width - 2);
+ print_position (dialog, height, width);
+ wmove (dialog, cur_y, cur_x); /* Restore cursor position */
+ wrefresh (dialog);
+ }
+ break;
+ case 'G': /* Last page */
+ case KEY_END:
+
+ end_reached = 1;
+ /* Last page not in buffer? */
+ if ((fpos = lseek (fd, 0, SEEK_CUR)) == -1) {
+ endwin ();
+ fprintf (stderr,
+ "\nError moving file pointer in dialog_textbox().\n");
+ exit (-1);
+ }
+ if (fpos < file_size) { /* Yes, we have to read it in */
+ if (lseek (fd, -BUF_SIZE, SEEK_END) == -1) {
+ endwin ();
+ fprintf (stderr,
+ "\nError moving file pointer in dialog_textbox().\n");
+ exit (-1);
+ }
+ if ((bytes_read = read (fd, buf, BUF_SIZE)) == -1) {
+ endwin ();
+ fprintf (stderr,
+ "\nError reading file in dialog_textbox().\n");
+ exit (-1);
+ }
+ buf[bytes_read] = '\0';
+ }
+ page = buf + bytes_read;
+ back_lines (height - 4);
+ print_page (text, height - 4, width - 2);
+ print_position (dialog, height, width);
+ wmove (dialog, cur_y, cur_x); /* Restore cursor position */
+ wrefresh (dialog);
+ break;
+ case 'K': /* Previous line */
+ case 'k':
+ case KEY_UP:
+ if (!begin_reached) {
+ back_lines (page_length + 1);
+
+ /* We don't call print_page() here but use scrolling to ensure
+ faster screen update. However, 'end_reached' and
+ 'page_length' should still be updated, and 'page' should
+ point to start of next page. This is done by calling
+ get_line() in the following 'for' loop. */
+ scrollok (text, TRUE);
+ wscrl (text, -1); /* Scroll text region down one line */
+ scrollok (text, FALSE);
+ page_length = 0;
+ passed_end = 0;
+ for (i = 0; i < height - 4; i++) {
+ if (!i) {
+ /* print first line of page */
+ print_line (text, 0, width - 2);
+ wnoutrefresh (text);
+ } else
+ /* Called to update 'end_reached' and 'page' */
+ get_line ();
+ if (!passed_end)
+ page_length++;
+ if (end_reached && !passed_end)
+ passed_end = 1;
+ }
+
+ print_position (dialog, height, width);
+ wmove (dialog, cur_y, cur_x); /* Restore cursor position */
+ wrefresh (dialog);
+ }
+ break;
+ case 'B': /* Previous page */
+ case 'b':
+ case KEY_PPAGE:
+ if (begin_reached)
+ break;
+ back_lines (page_length + height - 4);
+ print_page (text, height - 4, width - 2);
+ print_position (dialog, height, width);
+ wmove (dialog, cur_y, cur_x);
+ wrefresh (dialog);
+ break;
+ case 'J': /* Next line */
+ case 'j':
+ case KEY_DOWN:
+ if (!end_reached) {
+ begin_reached = 0;
+ scrollok (text, TRUE);
+ scroll (text); /* Scroll text region up one line */
+ scrollok (text, FALSE);
+ print_line (text, height - 5, width - 2);
+ wnoutrefresh (text);
+ print_position (dialog, height, width);
+ wmove (dialog, cur_y, cur_x); /* Restore cursor position */
+ wrefresh (dialog);
+ }
+ break;
+ case KEY_NPAGE: /* Next page */
+ case ' ':
+ if (end_reached)
+ break;
+
+ begin_reached = 0;
+ print_page (text, height - 4, width - 2);
+ print_position (dialog, height, width);
+ wmove (dialog, cur_y, cur_x);
+ wrefresh (dialog);
+ break;
+ case '0': /* Beginning of line */
+ case 'H': /* Scroll left */
+ case 'h':
+ case KEY_LEFT:
+ if (hscroll <= 0)
+ break;
+
+ if (key == '0')
+ hscroll = 0;
+ else
+ hscroll--;
+ /* Reprint current page to scroll horizontally */
+ back_lines (page_length);
+ print_page (text, height - 4, width - 2);
+ wmove (dialog, cur_y, cur_x);
+ wrefresh (dialog);
+ break;
+ case 'L': /* Scroll right */
+ case 'l':
+ case KEY_RIGHT:
+ if (hscroll >= MAX_LEN)
+ break;
+ hscroll++;
+ /* Reprint current page to scroll horizontally */
+ back_lines (page_length);
+ print_page (text, height - 4, width - 2);
+ wmove (dialog, cur_y, cur_x);
+ wrefresh (dialog);
+ break;
+ case ESC:
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ delwin (dialog);
+ free (buf);
+ close (fd);
+ return 1; /* ESC pressed */
+}
+
+/*
+ * Go back 'n' lines in text file. Called by dialog_textbox().
+ * 'page' will be updated to point to the desired line in 'buf'.
+ */
+static void
+back_lines (int n)
+{
+ int i, fpos;
+
+ begin_reached = 0;
+ /* We have to distinguish between end_reached and !end_reached
+ since at end of file, the line is not ended by a '\n'.
+ The code inside 'if' basically does a '--page' to move one
+ character backward so as to skip '\n' of the previous line */
+ if (!end_reached) {
+ /* Either beginning of buffer or beginning of file reached? */
+ if (page == buf) {
+ if ((fpos = lseek (fd, 0, SEEK_CUR)) == -1) {
+ endwin ();
+ fprintf (stderr, "\nError moving file pointer in "
+ "back_lines().\n");
+ exit (-1);
+ }
+ if (fpos > bytes_read) { /* Not beginning of file yet */
+ /* We've reached beginning of buffer, but not beginning of
+ file yet, so read previous part of file into buffer.
+ Note that we only move backward for BUF_SIZE/2 bytes,
+ but not BUF_SIZE bytes to avoid re-reading again in
+ print_page() later */
+ /* Really possible to move backward BUF_SIZE/2 bytes? */
+ if (fpos < BUF_SIZE / 2 + bytes_read) {
+ /* No, move less then */
+ if (lseek (fd, 0, SEEK_SET) == -1) {
+ endwin ();
+ fprintf (stderr, "\nError moving file pointer in "
+ "back_lines().\n");
+ exit (-1);
+ }
+ page = buf + fpos - bytes_read;
+ } else { /* Move backward BUF_SIZE/2 bytes */
+ if (lseek (fd, -(BUF_SIZE / 2 + bytes_read), SEEK_CUR)
+ == -1) {
+ endwin ();
+ fprintf (stderr, "\nError moving file pointer "
+ "in back_lines().\n");
+ exit (-1);
+ }
+ page = buf + BUF_SIZE / 2;
+ }
+ if ((bytes_read = read (fd, buf, BUF_SIZE)) == -1) {
+ endwin ();
+ fprintf (stderr, "\nError reading file in back_lines().\n");
+ exit (-1);
+ }
+ buf[bytes_read] = '\0';
+ } else { /* Beginning of file reached */
+ begin_reached = 1;
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+ if (*(--page) != '\n') { /* '--page' here */
+ /* Something's wrong... */
+ endwin ();
+ fprintf (stderr, "\nInternal error in back_lines().\n");
+ exit (-1);
+ }
+ }
+ /* Go back 'n' lines */
+ for (i = 0; i < n; i++)
+ do {
+ if (page == buf) {
+ if ((fpos = lseek (fd, 0, SEEK_CUR)) == -1) {
+ endwin ();
+ fprintf (stderr,
+ "\nError moving file pointer in back_lines().\n");
+ exit (-1);
+ }
+ if (fpos > bytes_read) {
+ /* Really possible to move backward BUF_SIZE/2 bytes? */
+ if (fpos < BUF_SIZE / 2 + bytes_read) {
+ /* No, move less then */
+ if (lseek (fd, 0, SEEK_SET) == -1) {
+ endwin ();
+ fprintf (stderr, "\nError moving file pointer "
+ "in back_lines().\n");
+ exit (-1);
+ }
+ page = buf + fpos - bytes_read;
+ } else { /* Move backward BUF_SIZE/2 bytes */
+ if (lseek (fd, -(BUF_SIZE / 2 + bytes_read),
+ SEEK_CUR) == -1) {
+ endwin ();
+ fprintf (stderr, "\nError moving file pointer"
+ " in back_lines().\n");
+ exit (-1);
+ }
+ page = buf + BUF_SIZE / 2;
+ }
+ if ((bytes_read = read (fd, buf, BUF_SIZE)) == -1) {
+ endwin ();
+ fprintf (stderr, "\nError reading file in "
+ "back_lines().\n");
+ exit (-1);
+ }
+ buf[bytes_read] = '\0';
+ } else { /* Beginning of file reached */
+ begin_reached = 1;
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+ } while (*(--page) != '\n');
+ page++;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Print a new page of text. Called by dialog_textbox().
+ */
+static void
+print_page (WINDOW * win, int height, int width)
+{
+ int i, passed_end = 0;
+
+ page_length = 0;
+ for (i = 0; i < height; i++) {
+ print_line (win, i, width);
+ if (!passed_end)
+ page_length++;
+ if (end_reached && !passed_end)
+ passed_end = 1;
+ }
+ wnoutrefresh (win);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Print a new line of text. Called by dialog_textbox() and print_page().
+ */
+static void
+print_line (WINDOW * win, int row, int width)
+{
+ int y, x;
+ char *line;
+
+ line = get_line ();
+ line += MIN (strlen (line), hscroll); /* Scroll horizontally */
+ wmove (win, row, 0); /* move cursor to correct line */
+ waddch (win, ' ');
+ waddnstr (win, line, MIN (strlen (line), width - 2));
+
+ getyx (win, y, x);
+ /* Clear 'residue' of previous line */
+#if OLD_NCURSES
+ {
+ int i;
+ for (i = 0; i < width - x; i++)
+ waddch (win, ' ');
+ }
+#else
+ wclrtoeol(win);
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+ * Return current line of text. Called by dialog_textbox() and print_line().
+ * 'page' should point to start of current line before calling, and will be
+ * updated to point to start of next line.
+ */
+static char *
+get_line (void)
+{
+ int i = 0, fpos;
+ static char line[MAX_LEN + 1];
+
+ end_reached = 0;
+ while (*page != '\n') {
+ if (*page == '\0') {
+ /* Either end of file or end of buffer reached */
+ if ((fpos = lseek (fd, 0, SEEK_CUR)) == -1) {
+ endwin ();
+ fprintf (stderr, "\nError moving file pointer in "
+ "get_line().\n");
+ exit (-1);
+ }
+ if (fpos < file_size) { /* Not end of file yet */
+ /* We've reached end of buffer, but not end of file yet,
+ so read next part of file into buffer */
+ if ((bytes_read = read (fd, buf, BUF_SIZE)) == -1) {
+ endwin ();
+ fprintf (stderr, "\nError reading file in get_line().\n");
+ exit (-1);
+ }
+ buf[bytes_read] = '\0';
+ page = buf;
+ } else {
+ if (!end_reached)
+ end_reached = 1;
+ break;
+ }
+ } else if (i < MAX_LEN)
+ line[i++] = *(page++);
+ else {
+ /* Truncate lines longer than MAX_LEN characters */
+ if (i == MAX_LEN)
+ line[i++] = '\0';
+ page++;
+ }
+ }
+ if (i <= MAX_LEN)
+ line[i] = '\0';
+ if (!end_reached)
+ page++; /* move pass '\n' */
+
+ return line;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Print current position
+ */
+static void
+print_position (WINDOW * win, int height, int width)
+{
+ int fpos, percent;
+
+ if ((fpos = lseek (fd, 0, SEEK_CUR)) == -1) {
+ endwin ();
+ fprintf (stderr, "\nError moving file pointer in print_position().\n");
+ exit (-1);
+ }
+ wattrset (win, position_indicator_attr);
+ wbkgdset (win, position_indicator_attr & A_COLOR);
+ percent = !file_size ?
+ 100 : ((fpos - bytes_read + page - buf) * 100) / file_size;
+ wmove (win, height - 3, width - 9);
+ wprintw (win, "(%3d%%)", percent);
+}
diff --git a/config/util.c b/config/util.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0a2f82757
--- /dev/null
+++ b/config/util.c
@@ -0,0 +1,375 @@
+/*
+ * util.c
+ *
+ * ORIGINAL AUTHOR: Savio Lam (lam836@cs.cuhk.hk)
+ * MODIFIED FOR LINUX KERNEL CONFIG BY: William Roadcap (roadcap@cfw.com)
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+ */
+
+#include "dialog.h"
+
+
+/* use colors by default? */
+bool use_colors = 1;
+
+char *backtitle = NULL;
+
+const char *dialog_result;
+
+/*
+ * Attribute values, default is for mono display
+ */
+chtype attributes[] =
+{
+ A_NORMAL, /* screen_attr */
+ A_NORMAL, /* shadow_attr */
+ A_NORMAL, /* dialog_attr */
+ A_BOLD, /* title_attr */
+ A_NORMAL, /* border_attr */
+ A_REVERSE, /* button_active_attr */
+ A_DIM, /* button_inactive_attr */
+ A_REVERSE, /* button_key_active_attr */
+ A_BOLD, /* button_key_inactive_attr */
+ A_REVERSE, /* button_label_active_attr */
+ A_NORMAL, /* button_label_inactive_attr */
+ A_NORMAL, /* inputbox_attr */
+ A_NORMAL, /* inputbox_border_attr */
+ A_NORMAL, /* searchbox_attr */
+ A_BOLD, /* searchbox_title_attr */
+ A_NORMAL, /* searchbox_border_attr */
+ A_BOLD, /* position_indicator_attr */
+ A_NORMAL, /* menubox_attr */
+ A_NORMAL, /* menubox_border_attr */
+ A_NORMAL, /* item_attr */
+ A_REVERSE, /* item_selected_attr */
+ A_BOLD, /* tag_attr */
+ A_REVERSE, /* tag_selected_attr */
+ A_BOLD, /* tag_key_attr */
+ A_REVERSE, /* tag_key_selected_attr */
+ A_BOLD, /* check_attr */
+ A_REVERSE, /* check_selected_attr */
+ A_BOLD, /* uarrow_attr */
+ A_BOLD /* darrow_attr */
+};
+
+
+#include "colors.h"
+
+/*
+ * Table of color values
+ */
+int color_table[][3] =
+{
+ {SCREEN_FG, SCREEN_BG, SCREEN_HL},
+ {SHADOW_FG, SHADOW_BG, SHADOW_HL},
+ {DIALOG_FG, DIALOG_BG, DIALOG_HL},
+ {TITLE_FG, TITLE_BG, TITLE_HL},
+ {BORDER_FG, BORDER_BG, BORDER_HL},
+ {BUTTON_ACTIVE_FG, BUTTON_ACTIVE_BG, BUTTON_ACTIVE_HL},
+ {BUTTON_INACTIVE_FG, BUTTON_INACTIVE_BG, BUTTON_INACTIVE_HL},
+ {BUTTON_KEY_ACTIVE_FG, BUTTON_KEY_ACTIVE_BG, BUTTON_KEY_ACTIVE_HL},
+ {BUTTON_KEY_INACTIVE_FG, BUTTON_KEY_INACTIVE_BG, BUTTON_KEY_INACTIVE_HL},
+ {BUTTON_LABEL_ACTIVE_FG, BUTTON_LABEL_ACTIVE_BG, BUTTON_LABEL_ACTIVE_HL},
+ {BUTTON_LABEL_INACTIVE_FG, BUTTON_LABEL_INACTIVE_BG,
+ BUTTON_LABEL_INACTIVE_HL},
+ {INPUTBOX_FG, INPUTBOX_BG, INPUTBOX_HL},
+ {INPUTBOX_BORDER_FG, INPUTBOX_BORDER_BG, INPUTBOX_BORDER_HL},
+ {SEARCHBOX_FG, SEARCHBOX_BG, SEARCHBOX_HL},
+ {SEARCHBOX_TITLE_FG, SEARCHBOX_TITLE_BG, SEARCHBOX_TITLE_HL},
+ {SEARCHBOX_BORDER_FG, SEARCHBOX_BORDER_BG, SEARCHBOX_BORDER_HL},
+ {POSITION_INDICATOR_FG, POSITION_INDICATOR_BG, POSITION_INDICATOR_HL},
+ {MENUBOX_FG, MENUBOX_BG, MENUBOX_HL},
+ {MENUBOX_BORDER_FG, MENUBOX_BORDER_BG, MENUBOX_BORDER_HL},
+ {ITEM_FG, ITEM_BG, ITEM_HL},
+ {ITEM_SELECTED_FG, ITEM_SELECTED_BG, ITEM_SELECTED_HL},
+ {TAG_FG, TAG_BG, TAG_HL},
+ {TAG_SELECTED_FG, TAG_SELECTED_BG, TAG_SELECTED_HL},
+ {TAG_KEY_FG, TAG_KEY_BG, TAG_KEY_HL},
+ {TAG_KEY_SELECTED_FG, TAG_KEY_SELECTED_BG, TAG_KEY_SELECTED_HL},
+ {CHECK_FG, CHECK_BG, CHECK_HL},
+ {CHECK_SELECTED_FG, CHECK_SELECTED_BG, CHECK_SELECTED_HL},
+ {UARROW_FG, UARROW_BG, UARROW_HL},
+ {DARROW_FG, DARROW_BG, DARROW_HL},
+}; /* color_table */
+
+/*
+ * Set window to attribute 'attr'
+ */
+void
+attr_clear (WINDOW * win, int height, int width, chtype attr)
+{
+ int i, j;
+
+ wattrset (win, attr);
+ for (i = 0; i < height; i++) {
+ wmove (win, i, 0);
+ for (j = 0; j < width; j++)
+ waddch (win, ' ');
+ }
+ touchwin (win);
+}
+
+void dialog_clear (void)
+{
+ attr_clear (stdscr, LINES, COLS, screen_attr);
+ /* Display background title if it exists ... - SLH */
+ if (backtitle != NULL) {
+ int i;
+
+ wattrset (stdscr, screen_attr);
+ mvwaddstr (stdscr, 0, 1, (char *)backtitle);
+ wmove (stdscr, 1, 1);
+ for (i = 1; i < COLS - 1; i++)
+ waddch (stdscr, ACS_HLINE);
+ }
+ wnoutrefresh (stdscr);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Do some initialization for dialog
+ */
+void
+init_dialog (void)
+{
+ initscr (); /* Init curses */
+ keypad (stdscr, TRUE);
+ cbreak ();
+ noecho ();
+
+
+ if (use_colors) /* Set up colors */
+ color_setup ();
+
+
+ dialog_clear ();
+}
+
+/*
+ * Setup for color display
+ */
+void
+color_setup (void)
+{
+ int i;
+
+ if (has_colors ()) { /* Terminal supports color? */
+ start_color ();
+
+ /* Initialize color pairs */
+ for (i = 0; i < ATTRIBUTE_COUNT; i++)
+ init_pair (i + 1, color_table[i][0], color_table[i][1]);
+
+ /* Setup color attributes */
+ for (i = 0; i < ATTRIBUTE_COUNT; i++)
+ attributes[i] = C_ATTR (color_table[i][2], i + 1);
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+ * End using dialog functions.
+ */
+void
+end_dialog (void)
+{
+ endwin ();
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Print a string of text in a window, automatically wrap around to the
+ * next line if the string is too long to fit on one line. Newline
+ * characters '\n' are replaced by spaces. We start on a new line
+ * if there is no room for at least 4 nonblanks following a double-space.
+ */
+void
+print_autowrap (WINDOW * win, const char *prompt, int width, int y, int x)
+{
+ int newl, cur_x, cur_y;
+ int i, prompt_len, room, wlen;
+ char tempstr[MAX_LEN + 1], *word, *sp, *sp2;
+
+ strcpy (tempstr, prompt);
+
+ prompt_len = strlen(tempstr);
+
+ /*
+ * Remove newlines
+ */
+ for(i=0; i<prompt_len; i++) {
+ if(tempstr[i] == '\n') tempstr[i] = ' ';
+ }
+
+ if (prompt_len <= width - x * 2) { /* If prompt is short */
+ wmove (win, y, (width - prompt_len) / 2);
+ waddstr (win, tempstr);
+ } else {
+ cur_x = x;
+ cur_y = y;
+ newl = 1;
+ word = tempstr;
+ while (word && *word) {
+ sp = index(word, ' ');
+ if (sp)
+ *sp++ = 0;
+
+ /* Wrap to next line if either the word does not fit,
+ or it is the first word of a new sentence, and it is
+ short, and the next word does not fit. */
+ room = width - cur_x;
+ wlen = strlen(word);
+ if (wlen > room ||
+ (newl && wlen < 4 && sp && wlen+1+strlen(sp) > room
+ && (!(sp2 = index(sp, ' ')) || wlen+1+(sp2-sp) > room))) {
+ cur_y++;
+ cur_x = x;
+ }
+ wmove (win, cur_y, cur_x);
+ waddstr (win, word);
+ getyx (win, cur_y, cur_x);
+ cur_x++;
+ if (sp && *sp == ' ') {
+ cur_x++; /* double space */
+ while (*++sp == ' ');
+ newl = 1;
+ } else
+ newl = 0;
+ word = sp;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+ * Print a button
+ */
+void
+print_button (WINDOW * win, const char *label, int y, int x, int selected)
+{
+ int i, temp;
+
+ wmove (win, y, x);
+ wattrset (win, selected ? button_active_attr : button_inactive_attr);
+ waddstr (win, "<");
+ temp = strspn (label, " ");
+ label += temp;
+ wattrset (win, selected ? button_label_active_attr
+ : button_label_inactive_attr);
+ for (i = 0; i < temp; i++)
+ waddch (win, ' ');
+ wattrset (win, selected ? button_key_active_attr
+ : button_key_inactive_attr);
+ waddch (win, label[0]);
+ wattrset (win, selected ? button_label_active_attr
+ : button_label_inactive_attr);
+ waddstr (win, (char *)label + 1);
+ wattrset (win, selected ? button_active_attr : button_inactive_attr);
+ waddstr (win, ">");
+ wmove (win, y, x + temp + 1);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Draw a rectangular box with line drawing characters
+ */
+void
+draw_box (WINDOW * win, int y, int x, int height, int width,
+ chtype box, chtype border)
+{
+ int i, j;
+
+ wattrset (win, 0);
+ for (i = 0; i < height; i++) {
+ wmove (win, y + i, x);
+ for (j = 0; j < width; j++)
+ if (!i && !j)
+ waddch (win, border | ACS_ULCORNER);
+ else if (i == height - 1 && !j)
+ waddch (win, border | ACS_LLCORNER);
+ else if (!i && j == width - 1)
+ waddch (win, box | ACS_URCORNER);
+ else if (i == height - 1 && j == width - 1)
+ waddch (win, box | ACS_LRCORNER);
+ else if (!i)
+ waddch (win, border | ACS_HLINE);
+ else if (i == height - 1)
+ waddch (win, box | ACS_HLINE);
+ else if (!j)
+ waddch (win, border | ACS_VLINE);
+ else if (j == width - 1)
+ waddch (win, box | ACS_VLINE);
+ else
+ waddch (win, box | ' ');
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+ * Draw shadows along the right and bottom edge to give a more 3D look
+ * to the boxes
+ */
+void
+draw_shadow (WINDOW * win, int y, int x, int height, int width)
+{
+ int i;
+
+ if (has_colors ()) { /* Whether terminal supports color? */
+ wattrset (win, shadow_attr);
+ wmove (win, y + height, x + 2);
+ for (i = 0; i < width; i++)
+ waddch (win, winch (win) & A_CHARTEXT);
+ for (i = y + 1; i < y + height + 1; i++) {
+ wmove (win, i, x + width);
+ waddch (win, winch (win) & A_CHARTEXT);
+ waddch (win, winch (win) & A_CHARTEXT);
+ }
+ wnoutrefresh (win);
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+ * Return the position of the first alphabetic character in a string.
+ */
+int
+first_alpha(const char *string, const char *exempt)
+{
+ int i, in_paren=0, c;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < strlen(string); i++) {
+ c = tolower(string[i]);
+
+ if (strchr("<[(", c)) ++in_paren;
+ if (strchr(">])", c) && in_paren > 0) --in_paren;
+
+ if ((! in_paren) && isalpha(c) &&
+ strchr(exempt, c) == 0)
+ return i;
+ }
+
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Get the first selected item in the dialog_list_item list.
+ */
+struct dialog_list_item *
+first_sel_item(int item_no, struct dialog_list_item ** items)
+{
+ int i;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < item_no; i++) {
+ if (items[i]->selected)
+ return items[i];
+ }
+
+ return NULL;
+}
diff --git a/config/yesno.c b/config/yesno.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..11fcc25f5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/config/yesno.c
@@ -0,0 +1,118 @@
+/*
+ * yesno.c -- implements the yes/no box
+ *
+ * ORIGINAL AUTHOR: Savio Lam (lam836@cs.cuhk.hk)
+ * MODIFIED FOR LINUX KERNEL CONFIG BY: William Roadcap (roadcap@cfw.com)
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+ */
+
+#include "dialog.h"
+
+/*
+ * Display termination buttons
+ */
+static void
+print_buttons(WINDOW *dialog, int height, int width, int selected)
+{
+ int x = width / 2 - 10;
+ int y = height - 2;
+
+ print_button (dialog, " Yes ", y, x, selected == 0);
+ print_button (dialog, " No ", y, x + 13, selected == 1);
+
+ wmove(dialog, y, x+1 + 13*selected );
+ wrefresh (dialog);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Display a dialog box with two buttons - Yes and No
+ */
+int
+dialog_yesno (const char *title, const char *prompt, int height, int width)
+{
+ int i, x, y, key = 0, button = 0;
+ WINDOW *dialog;
+
+ /* center dialog box on screen */
+ x = (COLS - width) / 2;
+ y = (LINES - height) / 2;
+
+ draw_shadow (stdscr, y, x, height, width);
+
+ dialog = newwin (height, width, y, x);
+ keypad (dialog, TRUE);
+
+ draw_box (dialog, 0, 0, height, width, dialog_attr, border_attr);
+ wattrset (dialog, border_attr);
+ mvwaddch (dialog, height-3, 0, ACS_LTEE);
+ for (i = 0; i < width - 2; i++)
+ waddch (dialog, ACS_HLINE);
+ wattrset (dialog, dialog_attr);
+ waddch (dialog, ACS_RTEE);
+
+ if (title != NULL && strlen(title) >= width-2 ) {
+ /* truncate long title -- mec */
+ char * title2 = malloc(width-2+1);
+ memcpy( title2, title, width-2 );
+ title2[width-2] = '\0';
+ title = title2;
+ }
+
+ if (title != NULL) {
+ wattrset (dialog, title_attr);
+ mvwaddch (dialog, 0, (width - strlen(title))/2 - 1, ' ');
+ waddstr (dialog, (char *)title);
+ waddch (dialog, ' ');
+ }
+
+ wattrset (dialog, dialog_attr);
+ print_autowrap (dialog, prompt, width - 2, 1, 3);
+
+ print_buttons(dialog, height, width, 0);
+
+ while (key != ESC) {
+ key = wgetch (dialog);
+ switch (key) {
+ case 'Y':
+ case 'y':
+ delwin (dialog);
+ return 0;
+ case 'N':
+ case 'n':
+ delwin (dialog);
+ return 1;
+
+ case TAB:
+ case KEY_LEFT:
+ case KEY_RIGHT:
+ button = ((key == KEY_LEFT ? --button : ++button) < 0)
+ ? 1 : (button > 1 ? 0 : button);
+
+ print_buttons(dialog, height, width, button);
+ wrefresh (dialog);
+ break;
+ case ' ':
+ case '\n':
+ delwin (dialog);
+ return button;
+ case ESC:
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ delwin (dialog);
+ return -1; /* ESC pressed */
+}
diff --git a/config/zconf.l b/config/zconf.l
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3a4947a88
--- /dev/null
+++ b/config/zconf.l
@@ -0,0 +1,387 @@
+%option backup nostdinit noyywrap never-interactive full ecs
+%option 8bit backup nodefault perf-report perf-report
+%x COMMAND HELP STRING PARAM
+%{
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2002 Roman Zippel <zippel@linux-m68k.org>
+ * Released under the terms of the GNU GPL v2.0.
+ */
+
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <glob.h>
+
+#define LKC_DIRECT_LINK
+#include "lkc.h"
+
+#define START_STRSIZE 16
+
+char *text;
+static char *text_ptr;
+static int text_size, text_asize;
+
+struct buffer {
+ struct buffer *parent;
+ YY_BUFFER_STATE state;
+};
+
+struct buffer *current_buf;
+
+static int last_ts, first_ts;
+
+static void zconf_endhelp(void);
+static struct buffer *zconf_endfile(void);
+
+void new_string(void)
+{
+ text = malloc(START_STRSIZE);
+ text_asize = START_STRSIZE;
+ text_ptr = text;
+ text_size = 0;
+ *text_ptr = 0;
+}
+
+void append_string(const char *str, int size)
+{
+ int new_size = text_size + size + 1;
+ if (new_size > text_asize) {
+ text = realloc(text, new_size);
+ text_asize = new_size;
+ text_ptr = text + text_size;
+ }
+ memcpy(text_ptr, str, size);
+ text_ptr += size;
+ text_size += size;
+ *text_ptr = 0;
+}
+
+void alloc_string(const char *str, int size)
+{
+ text = malloc(size + 1);
+ memcpy(text, str, size);
+ text[size] = 0;
+}
+%}
+
+ws [ \n\t]
+n [A-Za-z0-9_]
+
+%%
+ int str = 0;
+ int ts, i;
+
+[ \t]*#.*\n current_file->lineno++;
+[ \t]*#.*
+
+[ \t]*\n current_file->lineno++; return T_EOL;
+
+[ \t]+ {
+ BEGIN(COMMAND);
+}
+
+. {
+ unput(yytext[0]);
+ BEGIN(COMMAND);
+}
+
+
+<COMMAND>{
+ "mainmenu" BEGIN(PARAM); return T_MAINMENU;
+ "menu" BEGIN(PARAM); return T_MENU;
+ "endmenu" BEGIN(PARAM); return T_ENDMENU;
+ "source" BEGIN(PARAM); return T_SOURCE;
+ "choice" BEGIN(PARAM); return T_CHOICE;
+ "endchoice" BEGIN(PARAM); return T_ENDCHOICE;
+ "comment" BEGIN(PARAM); return T_COMMENT;
+ "config" BEGIN(PARAM); return T_CONFIG;
+ "menuconfig" BEGIN(PARAM); return T_MENUCONFIG;
+ "help" BEGIN(PARAM); return T_HELP;
+ "if" BEGIN(PARAM); return T_IF;
+ "endif" BEGIN(PARAM); return T_ENDIF;
+ "depends" BEGIN(PARAM); return T_DEPENDS;
+ "requires" BEGIN(PARAM); return T_REQUIRES;
+ "optional" BEGIN(PARAM); return T_OPTIONAL;
+ "default" BEGIN(PARAM); return T_DEFAULT;
+ "prompt" BEGIN(PARAM); return T_PROMPT;
+ "tristate" BEGIN(PARAM); return T_TRISTATE;
+ "def_tristate" BEGIN(PARAM); return T_DEF_TRISTATE;
+ "bool" BEGIN(PARAM); return T_BOOLEAN;
+ "boolean" BEGIN(PARAM); return T_BOOLEAN;
+ "def_bool" BEGIN(PARAM); return T_DEF_BOOLEAN;
+ "def_boolean" BEGIN(PARAM); return T_DEF_BOOLEAN;
+ "int" BEGIN(PARAM); return T_INT;
+ "hex" BEGIN(PARAM); return T_HEX;
+ "string" BEGIN(PARAM); return T_STRING;
+ "select" BEGIN(PARAM); return T_SELECT;
+ "enable" BEGIN(PARAM); return T_SELECT;
+ "range" BEGIN(PARAM); return T_RANGE;
+ {n}+ {
+ alloc_string(yytext, yyleng);
+ zconflval.string = text;
+ return T_WORD;
+ }
+ .
+ \n current_file->lineno++; BEGIN(INITIAL);
+}
+
+<PARAM>{
+ "&&" return T_AND;
+ "||" return T_OR;
+ "(" return T_OPEN_PAREN;
+ ")" return T_CLOSE_PAREN;
+ "!" return T_NOT;
+ "=" return T_EQUAL;
+ "!=" return T_UNEQUAL;
+ "if" return T_IF;
+ "on" return T_ON;
+ \"|\' {
+ str = yytext[0];
+ new_string();
+ BEGIN(STRING);
+ }
+ \n BEGIN(INITIAL); current_file->lineno++; return T_EOL;
+ --- /* ignore */
+ ({n}|[-/.])+ {
+ alloc_string(yytext, yyleng);
+ zconflval.string = text;
+ return T_WORD;
+ }
+ #.* /* comment */
+ \\\n current_file->lineno++;
+ .
+ <<EOF>> {
+ BEGIN(INITIAL);
+ }
+}
+
+<STRING>{
+ [^'"\\\n]+/\n {
+ append_string(yytext, yyleng);
+ zconflval.string = text;
+ return T_WORD_QUOTE;
+ }
+ [^'"\\\n]+ {
+ append_string(yytext, yyleng);
+ }
+ \\.?/\n {
+ append_string(yytext + 1, yyleng - 1);
+ zconflval.string = text;
+ return T_WORD_QUOTE;
+ }
+ \\.? {
+ append_string(yytext + 1, yyleng - 1);
+ }
+ \'|\" {
+ if (str == yytext[0]) {
+ BEGIN(PARAM);
+ zconflval.string = text;
+ return T_WORD_QUOTE;
+ } else
+ append_string(yytext, 1);
+ }
+ \n {
+ printf("%s:%d:warning: multi-line strings not supported\n", zconf_curname(), zconf_lineno());
+ current_file->lineno++;
+ BEGIN(INITIAL);
+ return T_EOL;
+ }
+ <<EOF>> {
+ BEGIN(INITIAL);
+ }
+}
+
+<HELP>{
+ [ \t]+ {
+ ts = 0;
+ for (i = 0; i < yyleng; i++) {
+ if (yytext[i] == '\t')
+ ts = (ts & ~7) + 8;
+ else
+ ts++;
+ }
+ last_ts = ts;
+ if (first_ts) {
+ if (ts < first_ts) {
+ zconf_endhelp();
+ return T_HELPTEXT;
+ }
+ ts -= first_ts;
+ while (ts > 8) {
+ append_string(" ", 8);
+ ts -= 8;
+ }
+ append_string(" ", ts);
+ }
+ }
+ [ \t]*\n/[^ \t\n] {
+ current_file->lineno++;
+ zconf_endhelp();
+ return T_HELPTEXT;
+ }
+ [ \t]*\n {
+ current_file->lineno++;
+ append_string("\n", 1);
+ }
+ [^ \t\n].* {
+ append_string(yytext, yyleng);
+ if (!first_ts)
+ first_ts = last_ts;
+ }
+ <<EOF>> {
+ zconf_endhelp();
+ return T_HELPTEXT;
+ }
+}
+
+<<EOF>> {
+ if (current_buf) {
+ zconf_endfile();
+ return T_EOF;
+ }
+ fclose(yyin);
+ yyterminate();
+}
+
+%%
+void zconf_starthelp(void)
+{
+ new_string();
+ last_ts = first_ts = 0;
+ BEGIN(HELP);
+}
+
+static void zconf_endhelp(void)
+{
+ zconflval.string = text;
+ BEGIN(INITIAL);
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Try to open specified file with following names:
+ * ./name
+ * $(srctree)/name
+ * The latter is used when srctree is separate from objtree
+ * when compiling the kernel.
+ * Return NULL if file is not found.
+ */
+FILE *zconf_fopen(const char *name)
+{
+ char *env, fullname[PATH_MAX+1];
+ FILE *f;
+
+ f = fopen(name, "r");
+ if (!f && name[0] != '/') {
+ env = getenv(SRCTREE);
+ if (env) {
+ sprintf(fullname, "%s/%s", env, name);
+ f = fopen(fullname, "r");
+ }
+ }
+ return f;
+}
+
+void zconf_initscan(const char *name)
+{
+ yyin = zconf_fopen(name);
+ if (!yyin) {
+ printf("can't find file %s\n", name);
+ exit(1);
+ }
+
+ current_buf = malloc(sizeof(*current_buf));
+ memset(current_buf, 0, sizeof(*current_buf));
+
+ current_file = file_lookup(name);
+ current_file->lineno = 1;
+ current_file->flags = FILE_BUSY;
+}
+
+void zconf_nextfile(const char *name)
+{
+ size_t i;
+ int retval;
+ glob_t files;
+ char *filename;
+ struct file *file;
+ struct buffer *buf;
+
+ retval = glob(name, GLOB_ERR | GLOB_MARK, NULL, &files);
+ if (retval == GLOB_NOSPACE || retval == GLOB_ABORTED || retval == GLOB_NOMATCH) {
+ printf("%s:%d: glob failed: %s \"%s\"\n", zconf_curname(), zconf_lineno(),
+ retval == GLOB_NOSPACE ? "failed to allocate memory" :
+ retval == GLOB_ABORTED ? "read error" : "no match",
+ name);
+ exit(1);
+ }
+
+ for (i = files.gl_pathc-1; i != (size_t)-1; --i) {
+ filename = files.gl_pathv[i];
+
+ file = file_lookup(filename);
+ buf = malloc(sizeof(*buf));
+ memset(buf, 0, sizeof(*buf));
+ current_buf->state = YY_CURRENT_BUFFER;
+ zconfin = zconf_fopen(filename);
+ if (!zconfin) {
+ printf("%s:%d: can't open file \"%s\"\n",
+ zconf_curname(), zconf_lineno(), filename);
+ exit(1);
+ }
+ zconf_switch_to_buffer(zconf_create_buffer(zconfin,YY_BUF_SIZE));
+ buf->parent = current_buf;
+ current_buf = buf;
+
+ if (file->flags & FILE_BUSY) {
+ printf("recursive scan (%s)?\n", filename);
+ exit(1);
+ }
+ if (file->flags & FILE_SCANNED) {
+ printf("file %s already scanned?\n", filename);
+ exit(1);
+ }
+ file->flags |= FILE_BUSY;
+ file->lineno = 1;
+ file->parent = current_file;
+ current_file = file;
+ }
+}
+
+static struct buffer *zconf_endfile(void)
+{
+ struct buffer *parent;
+
+ current_file->flags |= FILE_SCANNED;
+ current_file->flags &= ~FILE_BUSY;
+ current_file = current_file->parent;
+
+ parent = current_buf->parent;
+ if (parent) {
+ fclose(yyin);
+ yy_delete_buffer(YY_CURRENT_BUFFER);
+ yy_switch_to_buffer(parent->state);
+ }
+ free(current_buf);
+ current_buf = parent;
+
+ return parent;
+}
+
+int zconf_lineno(void)
+{
+ if (current_buf)
+ return current_file->lineno - 1;
+ else
+ return 0;
+}
+
+char *zconf_curname(void)
+{
+ if (current_buf)
+ return current_file->name;
+ else
+ return "<none>";
+}
diff --git a/config/zconf.output b/config/zconf.output
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a4d86e975
--- /dev/null
+++ b/config/zconf.output
@@ -0,0 +1,2133 @@
+State 52 conflicts: 1 shift/reduce
+State 53 conflicts: 1 shift/reduce
+State 54 conflicts: 1 shift/reduce
+State 55 conflicts: 10 shift/reduce
+State 56 conflicts: 12 shift/reduce
+State 57 conflicts: 1 shift/reduce
+State 58 conflicts: 13 shift/reduce
+State 59 conflicts: 1 shift/reduce
+
+
+Grammar
+
+ 0 $accept: input $end
+
+ 1 input: /* empty */
+ 2 | input block
+
+ 3 block: common_block
+ 4 | choice_stmt
+ 5 | menu_stmt
+ 6 | T_MAINMENU prompt nl_or_eof
+ 7 | T_ENDMENU
+ 8 | T_ENDIF
+ 9 | T_ENDCHOICE
+ 10 | error nl_or_eof
+
+ 11 common_block: if_stmt
+ 12 | comment_stmt
+ 13 | config_stmt
+ 14 | menuconfig_stmt
+ 15 | source_stmt
+ 16 | nl_or_eof
+
+ 17 config_entry_start: T_CONFIG T_WORD T_EOL
+
+ 18 config_stmt: config_entry_start config_option_list
+
+ 19 menuconfig_entry_start: T_MENUCONFIG T_WORD T_EOL
+
+ 20 menuconfig_stmt: menuconfig_entry_start config_option_list
+
+ 21 config_option_list: /* empty */
+ 22 | config_option_list config_option
+ 23 | config_option_list depends
+ 24 | config_option_list help
+ 25 | config_option_list T_EOL
+
+ 26 config_option: T_TRISTATE prompt_stmt_opt T_EOL
+ 27 | T_DEF_TRISTATE expr if_expr T_EOL
+ 28 | T_BOOLEAN prompt_stmt_opt T_EOL
+ 29 | T_DEF_BOOLEAN expr if_expr T_EOL
+ 30 | T_INT prompt_stmt_opt T_EOL
+ 31 | T_HEX prompt_stmt_opt T_EOL
+ 32 | T_STRING prompt_stmt_opt T_EOL
+ 33 | T_PROMPT prompt if_expr T_EOL
+ 34 | T_DEFAULT expr if_expr T_EOL
+ 35 | T_SELECT T_WORD if_expr T_EOL
+ 36 | T_SELECT T_NOT T_WORD if_expr T_EOL
+ 37 | T_RANGE symbol symbol if_expr T_EOL
+
+ 38 choice: T_CHOICE T_EOL
+
+ 39 choice_entry: choice choice_option_list
+
+ 40 choice_end: end
+
+ 41 choice_stmt: choice_entry choice_block choice_end
+ 42 | choice_entry choice_block
+
+ 43 choice_option_list: /* empty */
+ 44 | choice_option_list choice_option
+ 45 | choice_option_list depends
+ 46 | choice_option_list help
+ 47 | choice_option_list T_EOL
+
+ 48 choice_option: T_PROMPT prompt if_expr T_EOL
+ 49 | T_TRISTATE prompt_stmt_opt T_EOL
+ 50 | T_BOOLEAN prompt_stmt_opt T_EOL
+ 51 | T_OPTIONAL T_EOL
+ 52 | T_DEFAULT T_WORD if_expr T_EOL
+
+ 53 choice_block: /* empty */
+ 54 | choice_block common_block
+
+ 55 if: T_IF expr T_EOL
+
+ 56 if_end: end
+
+ 57 if_stmt: if if_block if_end
+ 58 | if if_block
+
+ 59 if_block: /* empty */
+ 60 | if_block common_block
+ 61 | if_block menu_stmt
+ 62 | if_block choice_stmt
+
+ 63 menu: T_MENU prompt T_EOL
+
+ 64 menu_entry: menu depends_list
+
+ 65 menu_end: end
+
+ 66 menu_stmt: menu_entry menu_block menu_end
+ 67 | menu_entry menu_block
+
+ 68 menu_block: /* empty */
+ 69 | menu_block common_block
+ 70 | menu_block menu_stmt
+ 71 | menu_block choice_stmt
+ 72 | menu_block error T_EOL
+
+ 73 source: T_SOURCE prompt T_EOL
+
+ 74 source_stmt: source
+
+ 75 comment: T_COMMENT prompt T_EOL
+
+ 76 comment_stmt: comment depends_list
+
+ 77 help_start: T_HELP T_EOL
+
+ 78 help: help_start T_HELPTEXT
+
+ 79 depends_list: /* empty */
+ 80 | depends_list depends
+ 81 | depends_list T_EOL
+
+ 82 depends: T_DEPENDS T_ON expr T_EOL
+ 83 | T_DEPENDS expr T_EOL
+ 84 | T_REQUIRES expr T_EOL
+
+ 85 prompt_stmt_opt: /* empty */
+ 86 | prompt if_expr
+
+ 87 prompt: T_WORD
+ 88 | T_WORD_QUOTE
+
+ 89 end: T_ENDMENU nl_or_eof
+ 90 | T_ENDCHOICE nl_or_eof
+ 91 | T_ENDIF nl_or_eof
+
+ 92 nl_or_eof: T_EOL
+ 93 | T_EOF
+
+ 94 if_expr: /* empty */
+ 95 | T_IF expr
+
+ 96 expr: symbol
+ 97 | symbol T_EQUAL symbol
+ 98 | symbol T_UNEQUAL symbol
+ 99 | T_OPEN_PAREN expr T_CLOSE_PAREN
+ 100 | T_NOT expr
+ 101 | expr T_OR expr
+ 102 | expr T_AND expr
+
+ 103 symbol: T_WORD
+ 104 | T_WORD_QUOTE
+
+
+Terminals, with rules where they appear
+
+$end (0) 0
+error (256) 10 72
+T_MAINMENU (258) 6
+T_MENU (259) 63
+T_ENDMENU (260) 7 89
+T_SOURCE (261) 73
+T_CHOICE (262) 38
+T_ENDCHOICE (263) 9 90
+T_COMMENT (264) 75
+T_CONFIG (265) 17
+T_MENUCONFIG (266) 19
+T_HELP (267) 77
+T_HELPTEXT (268) 78
+T_IF (269) 55 95
+T_ENDIF (270) 8 91
+T_DEPENDS (271) 82 83
+T_REQUIRES (272) 84
+T_OPTIONAL (273) 51
+T_PROMPT (274) 33 48
+T_DEFAULT (275) 34 52
+T_TRISTATE (276) 26 49
+T_DEF_TRISTATE (277) 27
+T_BOOLEAN (278) 28 50
+T_DEF_BOOLEAN (279) 29
+T_STRING (280) 32
+T_INT (281) 30
+T_HEX (282) 31
+T_WORD (283) 17 19 35 36 52 87 103
+T_WORD_QUOTE (284) 88 104
+T_UNEQUAL (285) 98
+T_EOF (286) 93
+T_EOL (287) 17 19 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 47 48 49
+ 50 51 52 55 63 72 73 75 77 81 82 83 84 92
+T_CLOSE_PAREN (288) 99
+T_OPEN_PAREN (289) 99
+T_ON (290) 82
+T_SELECT (291) 35 36
+T_RANGE (292) 37
+T_OR (293) 101
+T_AND (294) 102
+T_EQUAL (295) 97
+T_NOT (296) 36 100
+
+
+Nonterminals, with rules where they appear
+
+$accept (42)
+ on left: 0
+input (43)
+ on left: 1 2, on right: 0 2
+block (44)
+ on left: 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10, on right: 2
+common_block (45)
+ on left: 11 12 13 14 15 16, on right: 3 54 60 69
+config_entry_start (46)
+ on left: 17, on right: 18
+config_stmt (47)
+ on left: 18, on right: 13
+menuconfig_entry_start (48)
+ on left: 19, on right: 20
+menuconfig_stmt (49)
+ on left: 20, on right: 14
+config_option_list (50)
+ on left: 21 22 23 24 25, on right: 18 20 22 23 24 25
+config_option (51)
+ on left: 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37, on right: 22
+choice (52)
+ on left: 38, on right: 39
+choice_entry (53)
+ on left: 39, on right: 41 42
+choice_end (54)
+ on left: 40, on right: 41
+choice_stmt (55)
+ on left: 41 42, on right: 4 62 71
+choice_option_list (56)
+ on left: 43 44 45 46 47, on right: 39 44 45 46 47
+choice_option (57)
+ on left: 48 49 50 51 52, on right: 44
+choice_block (58)
+ on left: 53 54, on right: 41 42 54
+if (59)
+ on left: 55, on right: 57 58
+if_end (60)
+ on left: 56, on right: 57
+if_stmt (61)
+ on left: 57 58, on right: 11
+if_block (62)
+ on left: 59 60 61 62, on right: 57 58 60 61 62
+menu (63)
+ on left: 63, on right: 64
+menu_entry (64)
+ on left: 64, on right: 66 67
+menu_end (65)
+ on left: 65, on right: 66
+menu_stmt (66)
+ on left: 66 67, on right: 5 61 70
+menu_block (67)
+ on left: 68 69 70 71 72, on right: 66 67 69 70 71 72
+source (68)
+ on left: 73, on right: 74
+source_stmt (69)
+ on left: 74, on right: 15
+comment (70)
+ on left: 75, on right: 76
+comment_stmt (71)
+ on left: 76, on right: 12
+help_start (72)
+ on left: 77, on right: 78
+help (73)
+ on left: 78, on right: 24 46
+depends_list (74)
+ on left: 79 80 81, on right: 64 76 80 81
+depends (75)
+ on left: 82 83 84, on right: 23 45 80
+prompt_stmt_opt (76)
+ on left: 85 86, on right: 26 28 30 31 32 49 50
+prompt (77)
+ on left: 87 88, on right: 6 33 48 63 73 75 86
+end (78)
+ on left: 89 90 91, on right: 40 56 65
+nl_or_eof (79)
+ on left: 92 93, on right: 6 10 16 89 90 91
+if_expr (80)
+ on left: 94 95, on right: 27 29 33 34 35 36 37 48 52 86
+expr (81)
+ on left: 96 97 98 99 100 101 102, on right: 27 29 34 55 82 83 84
+ 95 99 100 101 102
+symbol (82)
+ on left: 103 104, on right: 37 96 97 98
+
+
+state 0
+
+ 0 $accept: . input $end
+
+ $default reduce using rule 1 (input)
+
+ input go to state 1
+
+
+state 1
+
+ 0 $accept: input . $end
+ 2 input: input . block
+
+ $end shift, and go to state 2
+ error shift, and go to state 3
+ T_MAINMENU shift, and go to state 4
+ T_MENU shift, and go to state 5
+ T_ENDMENU shift, and go to state 6
+ T_SOURCE shift, and go to state 7
+ T_CHOICE shift, and go to state 8
+ T_ENDCHOICE shift, and go to state 9
+ T_COMMENT shift, and go to state 10
+ T_CONFIG shift, and go to state 11
+ T_MENUCONFIG shift, and go to state 12
+ T_IF shift, and go to state 13
+ T_ENDIF shift, and go to state 14
+ T_EOF shift, and go to state 15
+ T_EOL shift, and go to state 16
+
+ block go to state 17
+ common_block go to state 18
+ config_entry_start go to state 19
+ config_stmt go to state 20
+ menuconfig_entry_start go to state 21
+ menuconfig_stmt go to state 22
+ choice go to state 23
+ choice_entry go to state 24
+ choice_stmt go to state 25
+ if go to state 26
+ if_stmt go to state 27
+ menu go to state 28
+ menu_entry go to state 29
+ menu_stmt go to state 30
+ source go to state 31
+ source_stmt go to state 32
+ comment go to state 33
+ comment_stmt go to state 34
+ nl_or_eof go to state 35
+
+
+state 2
+
+ 0 $accept: input $end .
+
+ $default accept
+
+
+state 3
+
+ 10 block: error . nl_or_eof
+
+ T_EOF shift, and go to state 15
+ T_EOL shift, and go to state 16
+
+ nl_or_eof go to state 36
+
+
+state 4
+
+ 6 block: T_MAINMENU . prompt nl_or_eof
+
+ T_WORD shift, and go to state 37
+ T_WORD_QUOTE shift, and go to state 38
+
+ prompt go to state 39
+
+
+state 5
+
+ 63 menu: T_MENU . prompt T_EOL
+
+ T_WORD shift, and go to state 37
+ T_WORD_QUOTE shift, and go to state 38
+
+ prompt go to state 40
+
+
+state 6
+
+ 7 block: T_ENDMENU .
+
+ $default reduce using rule 7 (block)
+
+
+state 7
+
+ 73 source: T_SOURCE . prompt T_EOL
+
+ T_WORD shift, and go to state 37
+ T_WORD_QUOTE shift, and go to state 38
+
+ prompt go to state 41
+
+
+state 8
+
+ 38 choice: T_CHOICE . T_EOL
+
+ T_EOL shift, and go to state 42
+
+
+state 9
+
+ 9 block: T_ENDCHOICE .
+
+ $default reduce using rule 9 (block)
+
+
+state 10
+
+ 75 comment: T_COMMENT . prompt T_EOL
+
+ T_WORD shift, and go to state 37
+ T_WORD_QUOTE shift, and go to state 38
+
+ prompt go to state 43
+
+
+state 11
+
+ 17 config_entry_start: T_CONFIG . T_WORD T_EOL
+
+ T_WORD shift, and go to state 44
+
+
+state 12
+
+ 19 menuconfig_entry_start: T_MENUCONFIG . T_WORD T_EOL
+
+ T_WORD shift, and go to state 45
+
+
+state 13
+
+ 55 if: T_IF . expr T_EOL
+
+ T_WORD shift, and go to state 46
+ T_WORD_QUOTE shift, and go to state 47
+ T_OPEN_PAREN shift, and go to state 48
+ T_NOT shift, and go to state 49
+
+ expr go to state 50
+ symbol go to state 51
+
+
+state 14
+
+ 8 block: T_ENDIF .
+
+ $default reduce using rule 8 (block)
+
+
+state 15
+
+ 93 nl_or_eof: T_EOF .
+
+ $default reduce using rule 93 (nl_or_eof)
+
+
+state 16
+
+ 92 nl_or_eof: T_EOL .
+
+ $default reduce using rule 92 (nl_or_eof)
+
+
+state 17
+
+ 2 input: input block .
+
+ $default reduce using rule 2 (input)
+
+
+state 18
+
+ 3 block: common_block .
+
+ $default reduce using rule 3 (block)
+
+
+state 19
+
+ 18 config_stmt: config_entry_start . config_option_list
+
+ $default reduce using rule 21 (config_option_list)
+
+ config_option_list go to state 52
+
+
+state 20
+
+ 13 common_block: config_stmt .
+
+ $default reduce using rule 13 (common_block)
+
+
+state 21
+
+ 20 menuconfig_stmt: menuconfig_entry_start . config_option_list
+
+ $default reduce using rule 21 (config_option_list)
+
+ config_option_list go to state 53
+
+
+state 22
+
+ 14 common_block: menuconfig_stmt .
+
+ $default reduce using rule 14 (common_block)
+
+
+state 23
+
+ 39 choice_entry: choice . choice_option_list
+
+ $default reduce using rule 43 (choice_option_list)
+
+ choice_option_list go to state 54
+
+
+state 24
+
+ 41 choice_stmt: choice_entry . choice_block choice_end
+ 42 | choice_entry . choice_block
+
+ $default reduce using rule 53 (choice_block)
+
+ choice_block go to state 55
+
+
+state 25
+
+ 4 block: choice_stmt .
+
+ $default reduce using rule 4 (block)
+
+
+state 26
+
+ 57 if_stmt: if . if_block if_end
+ 58 | if . if_block
+
+ $default reduce using rule 59 (if_block)
+
+ if_block go to state 56
+
+
+state 27
+
+ 11 common_block: if_stmt .
+
+ $default reduce using rule 11 (common_block)
+
+
+state 28
+
+ 64 menu_entry: menu . depends_list
+
+ $default reduce using rule 79 (depends_list)
+
+ depends_list go to state 57
+
+
+state 29
+
+ 66 menu_stmt: menu_entry . menu_block menu_end
+ 67 | menu_entry . menu_block
+
+ $default reduce using rule 68 (menu_block)
+
+ menu_block go to state 58
+
+
+state 30
+
+ 5 block: menu_stmt .
+
+ $default reduce using rule 5 (block)
+
+
+state 31
+
+ 74 source_stmt: source .
+
+ $default reduce using rule 74 (source_stmt)
+
+
+state 32
+
+ 15 common_block: source_stmt .
+
+ $default reduce using rule 15 (common_block)
+
+
+state 33
+
+ 76 comment_stmt: comment . depends_list
+
+ $default reduce using rule 79 (depends_list)
+
+ depends_list go to state 59
+
+
+state 34
+
+ 12 common_block: comment_stmt .
+
+ $default reduce using rule 12 (common_block)
+
+
+state 35
+
+ 16 common_block: nl_or_eof .
+
+ $default reduce using rule 16 (common_block)
+
+
+state 36
+
+ 10 block: error nl_or_eof .
+
+ $default reduce using rule 10 (block)
+
+
+state 37
+
+ 87 prompt: T_WORD .
+
+ $default reduce using rule 87 (prompt)
+
+
+state 38
+
+ 88 prompt: T_WORD_QUOTE .
+
+ $default reduce using rule 88 (prompt)
+
+
+state 39
+
+ 6 block: T_MAINMENU prompt . nl_or_eof
+
+ T_EOF shift, and go to state 15
+ T_EOL shift, and go to state 16
+
+ nl_or_eof go to state 60
+
+
+state 40
+
+ 63 menu: T_MENU prompt . T_EOL
+
+ T_EOL shift, and go to state 61
+
+
+state 41
+
+ 73 source: T_SOURCE prompt . T_EOL
+
+ T_EOL shift, and go to state 62
+
+
+state 42
+
+ 38 choice: T_CHOICE T_EOL .
+
+ $default reduce using rule 38 (choice)
+
+
+state 43
+
+ 75 comment: T_COMMENT prompt . T_EOL
+
+ T_EOL shift, and go to state 63
+
+
+state 44
+
+ 17 config_entry_start: T_CONFIG T_WORD . T_EOL
+
+ T_EOL shift, and go to state 64
+
+
+state 45
+
+ 19 menuconfig_entry_start: T_MENUCONFIG T_WORD . T_EOL
+
+ T_EOL shift, and go to state 65
+
+
+state 46
+
+ 103 symbol: T_WORD .
+
+ $default reduce using rule 103 (symbol)
+
+
+state 47
+
+ 104 symbol: T_WORD_QUOTE .
+
+ $default reduce using rule 104 (symbol)
+
+
+state 48
+
+ 99 expr: T_OPEN_PAREN . expr T_CLOSE_PAREN
+
+ T_WORD shift, and go to state 46
+ T_WORD_QUOTE shift, and go to state 47
+ T_OPEN_PAREN shift, and go to state 48
+ T_NOT shift, and go to state 49
+
+ expr go to state 66
+ symbol go to state 51
+
+
+state 49
+
+ 100 expr: T_NOT . expr
+
+ T_WORD shift, and go to state 46
+ T_WORD_QUOTE shift, and go to state 47
+ T_OPEN_PAREN shift, and go to state 48
+ T_NOT shift, and go to state 49
+
+ expr go to state 67
+ symbol go to state 51
+
+
+state 50
+
+ 55 if: T_IF expr . T_EOL
+ 101 expr: expr . T_OR expr
+ 102 | expr . T_AND expr
+
+ T_EOL shift, and go to state 68
+ T_OR shift, and go to state 69
+ T_AND shift, and go to state 70
+
+
+state 51
+
+ 96 expr: symbol .
+ 97 | symbol . T_EQUAL symbol
+ 98 | symbol . T_UNEQUAL symbol
+
+ T_UNEQUAL shift, and go to state 71
+ T_EQUAL shift, and go to state 72
+
+ $default reduce using rule 96 (expr)
+
+
+state 52
+
+ 18 config_stmt: config_entry_start config_option_list .
+ 22 config_option_list: config_option_list . config_option
+ 23 | config_option_list . depends
+ 24 | config_option_list . help
+ 25 | config_option_list . T_EOL
+
+ T_HELP shift, and go to state 73
+ T_DEPENDS shift, and go to state 74
+ T_REQUIRES shift, and go to state 75
+ T_PROMPT shift, and go to state 76
+ T_DEFAULT shift, and go to state 77
+ T_TRISTATE shift, and go to state 78
+ T_DEF_TRISTATE shift, and go to state 79
+ T_BOOLEAN shift, and go to state 80
+ T_DEF_BOOLEAN shift, and go to state 81
+ T_STRING shift, and go to state 82
+ T_INT shift, and go to state 83
+ T_HEX shift, and go to state 84
+ T_EOL shift, and go to state 85
+ T_SELECT shift, and go to state 86
+ T_RANGE shift, and go to state 87
+
+ T_EOL [reduce using rule 18 (config_stmt)]
+ $default reduce using rule 18 (config_stmt)
+
+ config_option go to state 88
+ help_start go to state 89
+ help go to state 90
+ depends go to state 91
+
+
+state 53
+
+ 20 menuconfig_stmt: menuconfig_entry_start config_option_list .
+ 22 config_option_list: config_option_list . config_option
+ 23 | config_option_list . depends
+ 24 | config_option_list . help
+ 25 | config_option_list . T_EOL
+
+ T_HELP shift, and go to state 73
+ T_DEPENDS shift, and go to state 74
+ T_REQUIRES shift, and go to state 75
+ T_PROMPT shift, and go to state 76
+ T_DEFAULT shift, and go to state 77
+ T_TRISTATE shift, and go to state 78
+ T_DEF_TRISTATE shift, and go to state 79
+ T_BOOLEAN shift, and go to state 80
+ T_DEF_BOOLEAN shift, and go to state 81
+ T_STRING shift, and go to state 82
+ T_INT shift, and go to state 83
+ T_HEX shift, and go to state 84
+ T_EOL shift, and go to state 85
+ T_SELECT shift, and go to state 86
+ T_RANGE shift, and go to state 87
+
+ T_EOL [reduce using rule 20 (menuconfig_stmt)]
+ $default reduce using rule 20 (menuconfig_stmt)
+
+ config_option go to state 88
+ help_start go to state 89
+ help go to state 90
+ depends go to state 91
+
+
+state 54
+
+ 39 choice_entry: choice choice_option_list .
+ 44 choice_option_list: choice_option_list . choice_option
+ 45 | choice_option_list . depends
+ 46 | choice_option_list . help
+ 47 | choice_option_list . T_EOL
+
+ T_HELP shift, and go to state 73
+ T_DEPENDS shift, and go to state 74
+ T_REQUIRES shift, and go to state 75
+ T_OPTIONAL shift, and go to state 92
+ T_PROMPT shift, and go to state 93
+ T_DEFAULT shift, and go to state 94
+ T_TRISTATE shift, and go to state 95
+ T_BOOLEAN shift, and go to state 96
+ T_EOL shift, and go to state 97
+
+ T_EOL [reduce using rule 39 (choice_entry)]
+ $default reduce using rule 39 (choice_entry)
+
+ choice_option go to state 98
+ help_start go to state 89
+ help go to state 99
+ depends go to state 100
+
+
+state 55
+
+ 41 choice_stmt: choice_entry choice_block . choice_end
+ 42 | choice_entry choice_block .
+ 54 choice_block: choice_block . common_block
+
+ T_ENDMENU shift, and go to state 101
+ T_SOURCE shift, and go to state 7
+ T_ENDCHOICE shift, and go to state 102
+ T_COMMENT shift, and go to state 10
+ T_CONFIG shift, and go to state 11
+ T_MENUCONFIG shift, and go to state 12
+ T_IF shift, and go to state 13
+ T_ENDIF shift, and go to state 103
+ T_EOF shift, and go to state 15
+ T_EOL shift, and go to state 16
+
+ T_ENDMENU [reduce using rule 42 (choice_stmt)]
+ T_SOURCE [reduce using rule 42 (choice_stmt)]
+ T_ENDCHOICE [reduce using rule 42 (choice_stmt)]
+ T_COMMENT [reduce using rule 42 (choice_stmt)]
+ T_CONFIG [reduce using rule 42 (choice_stmt)]
+ T_MENUCONFIG [reduce using rule 42 (choice_stmt)]
+ T_IF [reduce using rule 42 (choice_stmt)]
+ T_ENDIF [reduce using rule 42 (choice_stmt)]
+ T_EOF [reduce using rule 42 (choice_stmt)]
+ T_EOL [reduce using rule 42 (choice_stmt)]
+ $default reduce using rule 42 (choice_stmt)
+
+ common_block go to state 104
+ config_entry_start go to state 19
+ config_stmt go to state 20
+ menuconfig_entry_start go to state 21
+ menuconfig_stmt go to state 22
+ choice_end go to state 105
+ if go to state 26
+ if_stmt go to state 27
+ source go to state 31
+ source_stmt go to state 32
+ comment go to state 33
+ comment_stmt go to state 34
+ end go to state 106
+ nl_or_eof go to state 35
+
+
+state 56
+
+ 57 if_stmt: if if_block . if_end
+ 58 | if if_block .
+ 60 if_block: if_block . common_block
+ 61 | if_block . menu_stmt
+ 62 | if_block . choice_stmt
+
+ T_MENU shift, and go to state 5
+ T_ENDMENU shift, and go to state 101
+ T_SOURCE shift, and go to state 7
+ T_CHOICE shift, and go to state 8
+ T_ENDCHOICE shift, and go to state 102
+ T_COMMENT shift, and go to state 10
+ T_CONFIG shift, and go to state 11
+ T_MENUCONFIG shift, and go to state 12
+ T_IF shift, and go to state 13
+ T_ENDIF shift, and go to state 103
+ T_EOF shift, and go to state 15
+ T_EOL shift, and go to state 16
+
+ T_MENU [reduce using rule 58 (if_stmt)]
+ T_ENDMENU [reduce using rule 58 (if_stmt)]
+ T_SOURCE [reduce using rule 58 (if_stmt)]
+ T_CHOICE [reduce using rule 58 (if_stmt)]
+ T_ENDCHOICE [reduce using rule 58 (if_stmt)]
+ T_COMMENT [reduce using rule 58 (if_stmt)]
+ T_CONFIG [reduce using rule 58 (if_stmt)]
+ T_MENUCONFIG [reduce using rule 58 (if_stmt)]
+ T_IF [reduce using rule 58 (if_stmt)]
+ T_ENDIF [reduce using rule 58 (if_stmt)]
+ T_EOF [reduce using rule 58 (if_stmt)]
+ T_EOL [reduce using rule 58 (if_stmt)]
+ $default reduce using rule 58 (if_stmt)
+
+ common_block go to state 107
+ config_entry_start go to state 19
+ config_stmt go to state 20
+ menuconfig_entry_start go to state 21
+ menuconfig_stmt go to state 22
+ choice go to state 23
+ choice_entry go to state 24
+ choice_stmt go to state 108
+ if go to state 26
+ if_end go to state 109
+ if_stmt go to state 27
+ menu go to state 28
+ menu_entry go to state 29
+ menu_stmt go to state 110
+ source go to state 31
+ source_stmt go to state 32
+ comment go to state 33
+ comment_stmt go to state 34
+ end go to state 111
+ nl_or_eof go to state 35
+
+
+state 57
+
+ 64 menu_entry: menu depends_list .
+ 80 depends_list: depends_list . depends
+ 81 | depends_list . T_EOL
+
+ T_DEPENDS shift, and go to state 74
+ T_REQUIRES shift, and go to state 75
+ T_EOL shift, and go to state 112
+
+ T_EOL [reduce using rule 64 (menu_entry)]
+ $default reduce using rule 64 (menu_entry)
+
+ depends go to state 113
+
+
+state 58
+
+ 66 menu_stmt: menu_entry menu_block . menu_end
+ 67 | menu_entry menu_block .
+ 69 menu_block: menu_block . common_block
+ 70 | menu_block . menu_stmt
+ 71 | menu_block . choice_stmt
+ 72 | menu_block . error T_EOL
+
+ error shift, and go to state 114
+ T_MENU shift, and go to state 5
+ T_ENDMENU shift, and go to state 101
+ T_SOURCE shift, and go to state 7
+ T_CHOICE shift, and go to state 8
+ T_ENDCHOICE shift, and go to state 102
+ T_COMMENT shift, and go to state 10
+ T_CONFIG shift, and go to state 11
+ T_MENUCONFIG shift, and go to state 12
+ T_IF shift, and go to state 13
+ T_ENDIF shift, and go to state 103
+ T_EOF shift, and go to state 15
+ T_EOL shift, and go to state 16
+
+ $end reduce using rule 67 (menu_stmt)
+ error [reduce using rule 67 (menu_stmt)]
+ T_MAINMENU reduce using rule 67 (menu_stmt)
+ T_MENU [reduce using rule 67 (menu_stmt)]
+ T_ENDMENU [reduce using rule 67 (menu_stmt)]
+ T_SOURCE [reduce using rule 67 (menu_stmt)]
+ T_CHOICE [reduce using rule 67 (menu_stmt)]
+ T_ENDCHOICE [reduce using rule 67 (menu_stmt)]
+ T_COMMENT [reduce using rule 67 (menu_stmt)]
+ T_CONFIG [reduce using rule 67 (menu_stmt)]
+ T_MENUCONFIG [reduce using rule 67 (menu_stmt)]
+ T_IF [reduce using rule 67 (menu_stmt)]
+ T_ENDIF [reduce using rule 67 (menu_stmt)]
+ T_EOF [reduce using rule 67 (menu_stmt)]
+ T_EOL [reduce using rule 67 (menu_stmt)]
+
+ common_block go to state 115
+ config_entry_start go to state 19
+ config_stmt go to state 20
+ menuconfig_entry_start go to state 21
+ menuconfig_stmt go to state 22
+ choice go to state 23
+ choice_entry go to state 24
+ choice_stmt go to state 116
+ if go to state 26
+ if_stmt go to state 27
+ menu go to state 28
+ menu_entry go to state 29
+ menu_end go to state 117
+ menu_stmt go to state 118
+ source go to state 31
+ source_stmt go to state 32
+ comment go to state 33
+ comment_stmt go to state 34
+ end go to state 119
+ nl_or_eof go to state 35
+
+
+state 59
+
+ 76 comment_stmt: comment depends_list .
+ 80 depends_list: depends_list . depends
+ 81 | depends_list . T_EOL
+
+ T_DEPENDS shift, and go to state 74
+ T_REQUIRES shift, and go to state 75
+ T_EOL shift, and go to state 112
+
+ T_EOL [reduce using rule 76 (comment_stmt)]
+ $default reduce using rule 76 (comment_stmt)
+
+ depends go to state 113
+
+
+state 60
+
+ 6 block: T_MAINMENU prompt nl_or_eof .
+
+ $default reduce using rule 6 (block)
+
+
+state 61
+
+ 63 menu: T_MENU prompt T_EOL .
+
+ $default reduce using rule 63 (menu)
+
+
+state 62
+
+ 73 source: T_SOURCE prompt T_EOL .
+
+ $default reduce using rule 73 (source)
+
+
+state 63
+
+ 75 comment: T_COMMENT prompt T_EOL .
+
+ $default reduce using rule 75 (comment)
+
+
+state 64
+
+ 17 config_entry_start: T_CONFIG T_WORD T_EOL .
+
+ $default reduce using rule 17 (config_entry_start)
+
+
+state 65
+
+ 19 menuconfig_entry_start: T_MENUCONFIG T_WORD T_EOL .
+
+ $default reduce using rule 19 (menuconfig_entry_start)
+
+
+state 66
+
+ 99 expr: T_OPEN_PAREN expr . T_CLOSE_PAREN
+ 101 | expr . T_OR expr
+ 102 | expr . T_AND expr
+
+ T_CLOSE_PAREN shift, and go to state 120
+ T_OR shift, and go to state 69
+ T_AND shift, and go to state 70
+
+
+state 67
+
+ 100 expr: T_NOT expr .
+ 101 | expr . T_OR expr
+ 102 | expr . T_AND expr
+
+ $default reduce using rule 100 (expr)
+
+
+state 68
+
+ 55 if: T_IF expr T_EOL .
+
+ $default reduce using rule 55 (if)
+
+
+state 69
+
+ 101 expr: expr T_OR . expr
+
+ T_WORD shift, and go to state 46
+ T_WORD_QUOTE shift, and go to state 47
+ T_OPEN_PAREN shift, and go to state 48
+ T_NOT shift, and go to state 49
+
+ expr go to state 121
+ symbol go to state 51
+
+
+state 70
+
+ 102 expr: expr T_AND . expr
+
+ T_WORD shift, and go to state 46
+ T_WORD_QUOTE shift, and go to state 47
+ T_OPEN_PAREN shift, and go to state 48
+ T_NOT shift, and go to state 49
+
+ expr go to state 122
+ symbol go to state 51
+
+
+state 71
+
+ 98 expr: symbol T_UNEQUAL . symbol
+
+ T_WORD shift, and go to state 46
+ T_WORD_QUOTE shift, and go to state 47
+
+ symbol go to state 123
+
+
+state 72
+
+ 97 expr: symbol T_EQUAL . symbol
+
+ T_WORD shift, and go to state 46
+ T_WORD_QUOTE shift, and go to state 47
+
+ symbol go to state 124
+
+
+state 73
+
+ 77 help_start: T_HELP . T_EOL
+
+ T_EOL shift, and go to state 125
+
+
+state 74
+
+ 82 depends: T_DEPENDS . T_ON expr T_EOL
+ 83 | T_DEPENDS . expr T_EOL
+
+ T_WORD shift, and go to state 46
+ T_WORD_QUOTE shift, and go to state 47
+ T_OPEN_PAREN shift, and go to state 48
+ T_ON shift, and go to state 126
+ T_NOT shift, and go to state 49
+
+ expr go to state 127
+ symbol go to state 51
+
+
+state 75
+
+ 84 depends: T_REQUIRES . expr T_EOL
+
+ T_WORD shift, and go to state 46
+ T_WORD_QUOTE shift, and go to state 47
+ T_OPEN_PAREN shift, and go to state 48
+ T_NOT shift, and go to state 49
+
+ expr go to state 128
+ symbol go to state 51
+
+
+state 76
+
+ 33 config_option: T_PROMPT . prompt if_expr T_EOL
+
+ T_WORD shift, and go to state 37
+ T_WORD_QUOTE shift, and go to state 38
+
+ prompt go to state 129
+
+
+state 77
+
+ 34 config_option: T_DEFAULT . expr if_expr T_EOL
+
+ T_WORD shift, and go to state 46
+ T_WORD_QUOTE shift, and go to state 47
+ T_OPEN_PAREN shift, and go to state 48
+ T_NOT shift, and go to state 49
+
+ expr go to state 130
+ symbol go to state 51
+
+
+state 78
+
+ 26 config_option: T_TRISTATE . prompt_stmt_opt T_EOL
+
+ T_WORD shift, and go to state 37
+ T_WORD_QUOTE shift, and go to state 38
+
+ $default reduce using rule 85 (prompt_stmt_opt)
+
+ prompt_stmt_opt go to state 131
+ prompt go to state 132
+
+
+state 79
+
+ 27 config_option: T_DEF_TRISTATE . expr if_expr T_EOL
+
+ T_WORD shift, and go to state 46
+ T_WORD_QUOTE shift, and go to state 47
+ T_OPEN_PAREN shift, and go to state 48
+ T_NOT shift, and go to state 49
+
+ expr go to state 133
+ symbol go to state 51
+
+
+state 80
+
+ 28 config_option: T_BOOLEAN . prompt_stmt_opt T_EOL
+
+ T_WORD shift, and go to state 37
+ T_WORD_QUOTE shift, and go to state 38
+
+ $default reduce using rule 85 (prompt_stmt_opt)
+
+ prompt_stmt_opt go to state 134
+ prompt go to state 132
+
+
+state 81
+
+ 29 config_option: T_DEF_BOOLEAN . expr if_expr T_EOL
+
+ T_WORD shift, and go to state 46
+ T_WORD_QUOTE shift, and go to state 47
+ T_OPEN_PAREN shift, and go to state 48
+ T_NOT shift, and go to state 49
+
+ expr go to state 135
+ symbol go to state 51
+
+
+state 82
+
+ 32 config_option: T_STRING . prompt_stmt_opt T_EOL
+
+ T_WORD shift, and go to state 37
+ T_WORD_QUOTE shift, and go to state 38
+
+ $default reduce using rule 85 (prompt_stmt_opt)
+
+ prompt_stmt_opt go to state 136
+ prompt go to state 132
+
+
+state 83
+
+ 30 config_option: T_INT . prompt_stmt_opt T_EOL
+
+ T_WORD shift, and go to state 37
+ T_WORD_QUOTE shift, and go to state 38
+
+ $default reduce using rule 85 (prompt_stmt_opt)
+
+ prompt_stmt_opt go to state 137
+ prompt go to state 132
+
+
+state 84
+
+ 31 config_option: T_HEX . prompt_stmt_opt T_EOL
+
+ T_WORD shift, and go to state 37
+ T_WORD_QUOTE shift, and go to state 38
+
+ $default reduce using rule 85 (prompt_stmt_opt)
+
+ prompt_stmt_opt go to state 138
+ prompt go to state 132
+
+
+state 85
+
+ 25 config_option_list: config_option_list T_EOL .
+
+ $default reduce using rule 25 (config_option_list)
+
+
+state 86
+
+ 35 config_option: T_SELECT . T_WORD if_expr T_EOL
+ 36 | T_SELECT . T_NOT T_WORD if_expr T_EOL
+
+ T_WORD shift, and go to state 139
+ T_NOT shift, and go to state 140
+
+
+state 87
+
+ 37 config_option: T_RANGE . symbol symbol if_expr T_EOL
+
+ T_WORD shift, and go to state 46
+ T_WORD_QUOTE shift, and go to state 47
+
+ symbol go to state 141
+
+
+state 88
+
+ 22 config_option_list: config_option_list config_option .
+
+ $default reduce using rule 22 (config_option_list)
+
+
+state 89
+
+ 78 help: help_start . T_HELPTEXT
+
+ T_HELPTEXT shift, and go to state 142
+
+
+state 90
+
+ 24 config_option_list: config_option_list help .
+
+ $default reduce using rule 24 (config_option_list)
+
+
+state 91
+
+ 23 config_option_list: config_option_list depends .
+
+ $default reduce using rule 23 (config_option_list)
+
+
+state 92
+
+ 51 choice_option: T_OPTIONAL . T_EOL
+
+ T_EOL shift, and go to state 143
+
+
+state 93
+
+ 48 choice_option: T_PROMPT . prompt if_expr T_EOL
+
+ T_WORD shift, and go to state 37
+ T_WORD_QUOTE shift, and go to state 38
+
+ prompt go to state 144
+
+
+state 94
+
+ 52 choice_option: T_DEFAULT . T_WORD if_expr T_EOL
+
+ T_WORD shift, and go to state 145
+
+
+state 95
+
+ 49 choice_option: T_TRISTATE . prompt_stmt_opt T_EOL
+
+ T_WORD shift, and go to state 37
+ T_WORD_QUOTE shift, and go to state 38
+
+ $default reduce using rule 85 (prompt_stmt_opt)
+
+ prompt_stmt_opt go to state 146
+ prompt go to state 132
+
+
+state 96
+
+ 50 choice_option: T_BOOLEAN . prompt_stmt_opt T_EOL
+
+ T_WORD shift, and go to state 37
+ T_WORD_QUOTE shift, and go to state 38
+
+ $default reduce using rule 85 (prompt_stmt_opt)
+
+ prompt_stmt_opt go to state 147
+ prompt go to state 132
+
+
+state 97
+
+ 47 choice_option_list: choice_option_list T_EOL .
+
+ $default reduce using rule 47 (choice_option_list)
+
+
+state 98
+
+ 44 choice_option_list: choice_option_list choice_option .
+
+ $default reduce using rule 44 (choice_option_list)
+
+
+state 99
+
+ 46 choice_option_list: choice_option_list help .
+
+ $default reduce using rule 46 (choice_option_list)
+
+
+state 100
+
+ 45 choice_option_list: choice_option_list depends .
+
+ $default reduce using rule 45 (choice_option_list)
+
+
+state 101
+
+ 89 end: T_ENDMENU . nl_or_eof
+
+ T_EOF shift, and go to state 15
+ T_EOL shift, and go to state 16
+
+ nl_or_eof go to state 148
+
+
+state 102
+
+ 90 end: T_ENDCHOICE . nl_or_eof
+
+ T_EOF shift, and go to state 15
+ T_EOL shift, and go to state 16
+
+ nl_or_eof go to state 149
+
+
+state 103
+
+ 91 end: T_ENDIF . nl_or_eof
+
+ T_EOF shift, and go to state 15
+ T_EOL shift, and go to state 16
+
+ nl_or_eof go to state 150
+
+
+state 104
+
+ 54 choice_block: choice_block common_block .
+
+ $default reduce using rule 54 (choice_block)
+
+
+state 105
+
+ 41 choice_stmt: choice_entry choice_block choice_end .
+
+ $default reduce using rule 41 (choice_stmt)
+
+
+state 106
+
+ 40 choice_end: end .
+
+ $default reduce using rule 40 (choice_end)
+
+
+state 107
+
+ 60 if_block: if_block common_block .
+
+ $default reduce using rule 60 (if_block)
+
+
+state 108
+
+ 62 if_block: if_block choice_stmt .
+
+ $default reduce using rule 62 (if_block)
+
+
+state 109
+
+ 57 if_stmt: if if_block if_end .
+
+ $default reduce using rule 57 (if_stmt)
+
+
+state 110
+
+ 61 if_block: if_block menu_stmt .
+
+ $default reduce using rule 61 (if_block)
+
+
+state 111
+
+ 56 if_end: end .
+
+ $default reduce using rule 56 (if_end)
+
+
+state 112
+
+ 81 depends_list: depends_list T_EOL .
+
+ $default reduce using rule 81 (depends_list)
+
+
+state 113
+
+ 80 depends_list: depends_list depends .
+
+ $default reduce using rule 80 (depends_list)
+
+
+state 114
+
+ 72 menu_block: menu_block error . T_EOL
+
+ T_EOL shift, and go to state 151
+
+
+state 115
+
+ 69 menu_block: menu_block common_block .
+
+ $default reduce using rule 69 (menu_block)
+
+
+state 116
+
+ 71 menu_block: menu_block choice_stmt .
+
+ $default reduce using rule 71 (menu_block)
+
+
+state 117
+
+ 66 menu_stmt: menu_entry menu_block menu_end .
+
+ $default reduce using rule 66 (menu_stmt)
+
+
+state 118
+
+ 70 menu_block: menu_block menu_stmt .
+
+ $default reduce using rule 70 (menu_block)
+
+
+state 119
+
+ 65 menu_end: end .
+
+ $default reduce using rule 65 (menu_end)
+
+
+state 120
+
+ 99 expr: T_OPEN_PAREN expr T_CLOSE_PAREN .
+
+ $default reduce using rule 99 (expr)
+
+
+state 121
+
+ 101 expr: expr . T_OR expr
+ 101 | expr T_OR expr .
+ 102 | expr . T_AND expr
+
+ T_AND shift, and go to state 70
+
+ $default reduce using rule 101 (expr)
+
+
+state 122
+
+ 101 expr: expr . T_OR expr
+ 102 | expr . T_AND expr
+ 102 | expr T_AND expr .
+
+ $default reduce using rule 102 (expr)
+
+
+state 123
+
+ 98 expr: symbol T_UNEQUAL symbol .
+
+ $default reduce using rule 98 (expr)
+
+
+state 124
+
+ 97 expr: symbol T_EQUAL symbol .
+
+ $default reduce using rule 97 (expr)
+
+
+state 125
+
+ 77 help_start: T_HELP T_EOL .
+
+ $default reduce using rule 77 (help_start)
+
+
+state 126
+
+ 82 depends: T_DEPENDS T_ON . expr T_EOL
+
+ T_WORD shift, and go to state 46
+ T_WORD_QUOTE shift, and go to state 47
+ T_OPEN_PAREN shift, and go to state 48
+ T_NOT shift, and go to state 49
+
+ expr go to state 152
+ symbol go to state 51
+
+
+state 127
+
+ 83 depends: T_DEPENDS expr . T_EOL
+ 101 expr: expr . T_OR expr
+ 102 | expr . T_AND expr
+
+ T_EOL shift, and go to state 153
+ T_OR shift, and go to state 69
+ T_AND shift, and go to state 70
+
+
+state 128
+
+ 84 depends: T_REQUIRES expr . T_EOL
+ 101 expr: expr . T_OR expr
+ 102 | expr . T_AND expr
+
+ T_EOL shift, and go to state 154
+ T_OR shift, and go to state 69
+ T_AND shift, and go to state 70
+
+
+state 129
+
+ 33 config_option: T_PROMPT prompt . if_expr T_EOL
+
+ T_IF shift, and go to state 155
+
+ $default reduce using rule 94 (if_expr)
+
+ if_expr go to state 156
+
+
+state 130
+
+ 34 config_option: T_DEFAULT expr . if_expr T_EOL
+ 101 expr: expr . T_OR expr
+ 102 | expr . T_AND expr
+
+ T_IF shift, and go to state 155
+ T_OR shift, and go to state 69
+ T_AND shift, and go to state 70
+
+ $default reduce using rule 94 (if_expr)
+
+ if_expr go to state 157
+
+
+state 131
+
+ 26 config_option: T_TRISTATE prompt_stmt_opt . T_EOL
+
+ T_EOL shift, and go to state 158
+
+
+state 132
+
+ 86 prompt_stmt_opt: prompt . if_expr
+
+ T_IF shift, and go to state 155
+
+ $default reduce using rule 94 (if_expr)
+
+ if_expr go to state 159
+
+
+state 133
+
+ 27 config_option: T_DEF_TRISTATE expr . if_expr T_EOL
+ 101 expr: expr . T_OR expr
+ 102 | expr . T_AND expr
+
+ T_IF shift, and go to state 155
+ T_OR shift, and go to state 69
+ T_AND shift, and go to state 70
+
+ $default reduce using rule 94 (if_expr)
+
+ if_expr go to state 160
+
+
+state 134
+
+ 28 config_option: T_BOOLEAN prompt_stmt_opt . T_EOL
+
+ T_EOL shift, and go to state 161
+
+
+state 135
+
+ 29 config_option: T_DEF_BOOLEAN expr . if_expr T_EOL
+ 101 expr: expr . T_OR expr
+ 102 | expr . T_AND expr
+
+ T_IF shift, and go to state 155
+ T_OR shift, and go to state 69
+ T_AND shift, and go to state 70
+
+ $default reduce using rule 94 (if_expr)
+
+ if_expr go to state 162
+
+
+state 136
+
+ 32 config_option: T_STRING prompt_stmt_opt . T_EOL
+
+ T_EOL shift, and go to state 163
+
+
+state 137
+
+ 30 config_option: T_INT prompt_stmt_opt . T_EOL
+
+ T_EOL shift, and go to state 164
+
+
+state 138
+
+ 31 config_option: T_HEX prompt_stmt_opt . T_EOL
+
+ T_EOL shift, and go to state 165
+
+
+state 139
+
+ 35 config_option: T_SELECT T_WORD . if_expr T_EOL
+
+ T_IF shift, and go to state 155
+
+ $default reduce using rule 94 (if_expr)
+
+ if_expr go to state 166
+
+
+state 140
+
+ 36 config_option: T_SELECT T_NOT . T_WORD if_expr T_EOL
+
+ T_WORD shift, and go to state 167
+
+
+state 141
+
+ 37 config_option: T_RANGE symbol . symbol if_expr T_EOL
+
+ T_WORD shift, and go to state 46
+ T_WORD_QUOTE shift, and go to state 47
+
+ symbol go to state 168
+
+
+state 142
+
+ 78 help: help_start T_HELPTEXT .
+
+ $default reduce using rule 78 (help)
+
+
+state 143
+
+ 51 choice_option: T_OPTIONAL T_EOL .
+
+ $default reduce using rule 51 (choice_option)
+
+
+state 144
+
+ 48 choice_option: T_PROMPT prompt . if_expr T_EOL
+
+ T_IF shift, and go to state 155
+
+ $default reduce using rule 94 (if_expr)
+
+ if_expr go to state 169
+
+
+state 145
+
+ 52 choice_option: T_DEFAULT T_WORD . if_expr T_EOL
+
+ T_IF shift, and go to state 155
+
+ $default reduce using rule 94 (if_expr)
+
+ if_expr go to state 170
+
+
+state 146
+
+ 49 choice_option: T_TRISTATE prompt_stmt_opt . T_EOL
+
+ T_EOL shift, and go to state 171
+
+
+state 147
+
+ 50 choice_option: T_BOOLEAN prompt_stmt_opt . T_EOL
+
+ T_EOL shift, and go to state 172
+
+
+state 148
+
+ 89 end: T_ENDMENU nl_or_eof .
+
+ $default reduce using rule 89 (end)
+
+
+state 149
+
+ 90 end: T_ENDCHOICE nl_or_eof .
+
+ $default reduce using rule 90 (end)
+
+
+state 150
+
+ 91 end: T_ENDIF nl_or_eof .
+
+ $default reduce using rule 91 (end)
+
+
+state 151
+
+ 72 menu_block: menu_block error T_EOL .
+
+ $default reduce using rule 72 (menu_block)
+
+
+state 152
+
+ 82 depends: T_DEPENDS T_ON expr . T_EOL
+ 101 expr: expr . T_OR expr
+ 102 | expr . T_AND expr
+
+ T_EOL shift, and go to state 173
+ T_OR shift, and go to state 69
+ T_AND shift, and go to state 70
+
+
+state 153
+
+ 83 depends: T_DEPENDS expr T_EOL .
+
+ $default reduce using rule 83 (depends)
+
+
+state 154
+
+ 84 depends: T_REQUIRES expr T_EOL .
+
+ $default reduce using rule 84 (depends)
+
+
+state 155
+
+ 95 if_expr: T_IF . expr
+
+ T_WORD shift, and go to state 46
+ T_WORD_QUOTE shift, and go to state 47
+ T_OPEN_PAREN shift, and go to state 48
+ T_NOT shift, and go to state 49
+
+ expr go to state 174
+ symbol go to state 51
+
+
+state 156
+
+ 33 config_option: T_PROMPT prompt if_expr . T_EOL
+
+ T_EOL shift, and go to state 175
+
+
+state 157
+
+ 34 config_option: T_DEFAULT expr if_expr . T_EOL
+
+ T_EOL shift, and go to state 176
+
+
+state 158
+
+ 26 config_option: T_TRISTATE prompt_stmt_opt T_EOL .
+
+ $default reduce using rule 26 (config_option)
+
+
+state 159
+
+ 86 prompt_stmt_opt: prompt if_expr .
+
+ $default reduce using rule 86 (prompt_stmt_opt)
+
+
+state 160
+
+ 27 config_option: T_DEF_TRISTATE expr if_expr . T_EOL
+
+ T_EOL shift, and go to state 177
+
+
+state 161
+
+ 28 config_option: T_BOOLEAN prompt_stmt_opt T_EOL .
+
+ $default reduce using rule 28 (config_option)
+
+
+state 162
+
+ 29 config_option: T_DEF_BOOLEAN expr if_expr . T_EOL
+
+ T_EOL shift, and go to state 178
+
+
+state 163
+
+ 32 config_option: T_STRING prompt_stmt_opt T_EOL .
+
+ $default reduce using rule 32 (config_option)
+
+
+state 164
+
+ 30 config_option: T_INT prompt_stmt_opt T_EOL .
+
+ $default reduce using rule 30 (config_option)
+
+
+state 165
+
+ 31 config_option: T_HEX prompt_stmt_opt T_EOL .
+
+ $default reduce using rule 31 (config_option)
+
+
+state 166
+
+ 35 config_option: T_SELECT T_WORD if_expr . T_EOL
+
+ T_EOL shift, and go to state 179
+
+
+state 167
+
+ 36 config_option: T_SELECT T_NOT T_WORD . if_expr T_EOL
+
+ T_IF shift, and go to state 155
+
+ $default reduce using rule 94 (if_expr)
+
+ if_expr go to state 180
+
+
+state 168
+
+ 37 config_option: T_RANGE symbol symbol . if_expr T_EOL
+
+ T_IF shift, and go to state 155
+
+ $default reduce using rule 94 (if_expr)
+
+ if_expr go to state 181
+
+
+state 169
+
+ 48 choice_option: T_PROMPT prompt if_expr . T_EOL
+
+ T_EOL shift, and go to state 182
+
+
+state 170
+
+ 52 choice_option: T_DEFAULT T_WORD if_expr . T_EOL
+
+ T_EOL shift, and go to state 183
+
+
+state 171
+
+ 49 choice_option: T_TRISTATE prompt_stmt_opt T_EOL .
+
+ $default reduce using rule 49 (choice_option)
+
+
+state 172
+
+ 50 choice_option: T_BOOLEAN prompt_stmt_opt T_EOL .
+
+ $default reduce using rule 50 (choice_option)
+
+
+state 173
+
+ 82 depends: T_DEPENDS T_ON expr T_EOL .
+
+ $default reduce using rule 82 (depends)
+
+
+state 174
+
+ 95 if_expr: T_IF expr .
+ 101 expr: expr . T_OR expr
+ 102 | expr . T_AND expr
+
+ T_OR shift, and go to state 69
+ T_AND shift, and go to state 70
+
+ $default reduce using rule 95 (if_expr)
+
+
+state 175
+
+ 33 config_option: T_PROMPT prompt if_expr T_EOL .
+
+ $default reduce using rule 33 (config_option)
+
+
+state 176
+
+ 34 config_option: T_DEFAULT expr if_expr T_EOL .
+
+ $default reduce using rule 34 (config_option)
+
+
+state 177
+
+ 27 config_option: T_DEF_TRISTATE expr if_expr T_EOL .
+
+ $default reduce using rule 27 (config_option)
+
+
+state 178
+
+ 29 config_option: T_DEF_BOOLEAN expr if_expr T_EOL .
+
+ $default reduce using rule 29 (config_option)
+
+
+state 179
+
+ 35 config_option: T_SELECT T_WORD if_expr T_EOL .
+
+ $default reduce using rule 35 (config_option)
+
+
+state 180
+
+ 36 config_option: T_SELECT T_NOT T_WORD if_expr . T_EOL
+
+ T_EOL shift, and go to state 184
+
+
+state 181
+
+ 37 config_option: T_RANGE symbol symbol if_expr . T_EOL
+
+ T_EOL shift, and go to state 185
+
+
+state 182
+
+ 48 choice_option: T_PROMPT prompt if_expr T_EOL .
+
+ $default reduce using rule 48 (choice_option)
+
+
+state 183
+
+ 52 choice_option: T_DEFAULT T_WORD if_expr T_EOL .
+
+ $default reduce using rule 52 (choice_option)
+
+
+state 184
+
+ 36 config_option: T_SELECT T_NOT T_WORD if_expr T_EOL .
+
+ $default reduce using rule 36 (config_option)
+
+
+state 185
+
+ 37 config_option: T_RANGE symbol symbol if_expr T_EOL .
+
+ $default reduce using rule 37 (config_option)
diff --git a/config/zconf.y b/config/zconf.y
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e1f1c151c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/config/zconf.y
@@ -0,0 +1,693 @@
+%{
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2002 Roman Zippel <zippel@linux-m68k.org>
+ * Released under the terms of the GNU GPL v2.0.
+ */
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <stdbool.h>
+
+#define printd(mask, fmt...) if (cdebug & (mask)) printf(fmt)
+
+#define PRINTD 0x0001
+#define DEBUG_PARSE 0x0002
+
+int cdebug = PRINTD;
+
+extern int zconflex(void);
+static void zconfprint(const char *err, ...);
+static void zconferror(const char *err);
+static bool zconf_endtoken(int token, int starttoken, int endtoken);
+
+struct symbol *symbol_hash[257];
+
+#define YYERROR_VERBOSE
+%}
+%expect 40
+
+%union
+{
+ int token;
+ char *string;
+ struct symbol *symbol;
+ struct expr *expr;
+ struct menu *menu;
+}
+
+%token T_MAINMENU
+%token T_MENU
+%token T_ENDMENU
+%token T_SOURCE
+%token T_CHOICE
+%token T_ENDCHOICE
+%token T_COMMENT
+%token T_CONFIG
+%token T_MENUCONFIG
+%token T_HELP
+%token <string> T_HELPTEXT
+%token T_IF
+%token T_ENDIF
+%token T_DEPENDS
+%token T_REQUIRES
+%token T_OPTIONAL
+%token T_PROMPT
+%token T_DEFAULT
+%token T_TRISTATE
+%token T_DEF_TRISTATE
+%token T_BOOLEAN
+%token T_DEF_BOOLEAN
+%token T_STRING
+%token T_INT
+%token T_HEX
+%token <string> T_WORD
+%token <string> T_WORD_QUOTE
+%token T_UNEQUAL
+%token T_EOF
+%token T_EOL
+%token T_CLOSE_PAREN
+%token T_OPEN_PAREN
+%token T_ON
+%token T_SELECT
+%token T_RANGE
+
+%left T_OR
+%left T_AND
+%left T_EQUAL T_UNEQUAL
+%nonassoc T_NOT
+
+%type <string> prompt
+%type <string> source
+%type <symbol> symbol
+%type <expr> expr
+%type <expr> if_expr
+%type <token> end
+
+%{
+#define LKC_DIRECT_LINK
+#include "lkc.h"
+%}
+%%
+input: /* empty */
+ | input block
+;
+
+block: common_block
+ | choice_stmt
+ | menu_stmt
+ | T_MAINMENU prompt nl_or_eof
+ | T_ENDMENU { zconfprint("unexpected 'endmenu' statement"); }
+ | T_ENDIF { zconfprint("unexpected 'endif' statement"); }
+ | T_ENDCHOICE { zconfprint("unexpected 'endchoice' statement"); }
+ | error nl_or_eof { zconfprint("syntax error"); yyerrok; }
+;
+
+common_block:
+ if_stmt
+ | comment_stmt
+ | config_stmt
+ | menuconfig_stmt
+ | source_stmt
+ | nl_or_eof
+;
+
+
+/* config/menuconfig entry */
+
+config_entry_start: T_CONFIG T_WORD T_EOL
+{
+ struct symbol *sym = sym_lookup($2, 0);
+ sym->flags |= SYMBOL_OPTIONAL;
+ menu_add_entry(sym);
+ printd(DEBUG_PARSE, "%s:%d:config %s\n", zconf_curname(), zconf_lineno(), $2);
+};
+
+config_stmt: config_entry_start config_option_list
+{
+ menu_end_entry();
+ printd(DEBUG_PARSE, "%s:%d:endconfig\n", zconf_curname(), zconf_lineno());
+};
+
+menuconfig_entry_start: T_MENUCONFIG T_WORD T_EOL
+{
+ struct symbol *sym = sym_lookup($2, 0);
+ sym->flags |= SYMBOL_OPTIONAL;
+ menu_add_entry(sym);
+ printd(DEBUG_PARSE, "%s:%d:menuconfig %s\n", zconf_curname(), zconf_lineno(), $2);
+};
+
+menuconfig_stmt: menuconfig_entry_start config_option_list
+{
+ if (current_entry->prompt)
+ current_entry->prompt->type = P_MENU;
+ else
+ zconfprint("warning: menuconfig statement without prompt");
+ menu_end_entry();
+ printd(DEBUG_PARSE, "%s:%d:endconfig\n", zconf_curname(), zconf_lineno());
+};
+
+config_option_list:
+ /* empty */
+ | config_option_list config_option
+ | config_option_list depends
+ | config_option_list help
+ | config_option_list T_EOL
+;
+
+config_option: T_TRISTATE prompt_stmt_opt T_EOL
+{
+ menu_set_type(S_TRISTATE);
+ printd(DEBUG_PARSE, "%s:%d:tristate\n", zconf_curname(), zconf_lineno());
+};
+
+config_option: T_DEF_TRISTATE expr if_expr T_EOL
+{
+ menu_add_expr(P_DEFAULT, $2, $3);
+ menu_set_type(S_TRISTATE);
+ printd(DEBUG_PARSE, "%s:%d:def_boolean\n", zconf_curname(), zconf_lineno());
+};
+
+config_option: T_BOOLEAN prompt_stmt_opt T_EOL
+{
+ menu_set_type(S_BOOLEAN);
+ printd(DEBUG_PARSE, "%s:%d:boolean\n", zconf_curname(), zconf_lineno());
+};
+
+config_option: T_DEF_BOOLEAN expr if_expr T_EOL
+{
+ menu_add_expr(P_DEFAULT, $2, $3);
+ menu_set_type(S_BOOLEAN);
+ printd(DEBUG_PARSE, "%s:%d:def_boolean\n", zconf_curname(), zconf_lineno());
+};
+
+config_option: T_INT prompt_stmt_opt T_EOL
+{
+ menu_set_type(S_INT);
+ printd(DEBUG_PARSE, "%s:%d:int\n", zconf_curname(), zconf_lineno());
+};
+
+config_option: T_HEX prompt_stmt_opt T_EOL
+{
+ menu_set_type(S_HEX);
+ printd(DEBUG_PARSE, "%s:%d:hex\n", zconf_curname(), zconf_lineno());
+};
+
+config_option: T_STRING prompt_stmt_opt T_EOL
+{
+ menu_set_type(S_STRING);
+ printd(DEBUG_PARSE, "%s:%d:string\n", zconf_curname(), zconf_lineno());
+};
+
+config_option: T_PROMPT prompt if_expr T_EOL
+{
+ menu_add_prompt(P_PROMPT, $2, $3);
+ printd(DEBUG_PARSE, "%s:%d:prompt\n", zconf_curname(), zconf_lineno());
+};
+
+config_option: T_DEFAULT expr if_expr T_EOL
+{
+ menu_add_expr(P_DEFAULT, $2, $3);
+ printd(DEBUG_PARSE, "%s:%d:default\n", zconf_curname(), zconf_lineno());
+};
+
+config_option: T_SELECT T_WORD if_expr T_EOL
+{
+ menu_add_symbol(P_SELECT, sym_lookup($2, 0), $3);
+ printd(DEBUG_PARSE, "%s:%d:select\n", zconf_curname(), zconf_lineno());
+};
+
+config_option: T_SELECT T_NOT T_WORD if_expr T_EOL
+{
+ menu_add_symbol(P_SELECTNOT, sym_lookup($3, 0), $4);
+ printd(DEBUG_PARSE, "%s:%d:selectnot\n", zconf_curname(), zconf_lineno());
+};
+
+config_option: T_RANGE symbol symbol if_expr T_EOL
+{
+ menu_add_expr(P_RANGE, expr_alloc_comp(E_RANGE,$2, $3), $4);
+ printd(DEBUG_PARSE, "%s:%d:range\n", zconf_curname(), zconf_lineno());
+};
+
+/* choice entry */
+
+choice: T_CHOICE T_EOL
+{
+ struct symbol *sym = sym_lookup(NULL, 0);
+ sym->flags |= SYMBOL_CHOICE;
+ menu_add_entry(sym);
+ menu_add_expr(P_CHOICE, NULL, NULL);
+ printd(DEBUG_PARSE, "%s:%d:choice\n", zconf_curname(), zconf_lineno());
+};
+
+choice_entry: choice choice_option_list
+{
+ menu_end_entry();
+ menu_add_menu();
+};
+
+choice_end: end
+{
+ if (zconf_endtoken($1, T_CHOICE, T_ENDCHOICE)) {
+ menu_end_menu();
+ printd(DEBUG_PARSE, "%s:%d:endchoice\n", zconf_curname(), zconf_lineno());
+ }
+};
+
+choice_stmt:
+ choice_entry choice_block choice_end
+ | choice_entry choice_block
+{
+ printf("%s:%d: missing 'endchoice' for this 'choice' statement\n", current_menu->file->name, current_menu->lineno);
+ zconfnerrs++;
+};
+
+choice_option_list:
+ /* empty */
+ | choice_option_list choice_option
+ | choice_option_list depends
+ | choice_option_list help
+ | choice_option_list T_EOL
+;
+
+choice_option: T_PROMPT prompt if_expr T_EOL
+{
+ menu_add_prompt(P_PROMPT, $2, $3);
+ printd(DEBUG_PARSE, "%s:%d:prompt\n", zconf_curname(), zconf_lineno());
+};
+
+choice_option: T_TRISTATE prompt_stmt_opt T_EOL
+{
+ menu_set_type(S_TRISTATE);
+ printd(DEBUG_PARSE, "%s:%d:tristate\n", zconf_curname(), zconf_lineno());
+};
+
+choice_option: T_BOOLEAN prompt_stmt_opt T_EOL
+{
+ menu_set_type(S_BOOLEAN);
+ printd(DEBUG_PARSE, "%s:%d:boolean\n", zconf_curname(), zconf_lineno());
+};
+
+choice_option: T_OPTIONAL T_EOL
+{
+ current_entry->sym->flags |= SYMBOL_OPTIONAL;
+ printd(DEBUG_PARSE, "%s:%d:optional\n", zconf_curname(), zconf_lineno());
+};
+
+choice_option: T_DEFAULT T_WORD if_expr T_EOL
+{
+ menu_add_symbol(P_DEFAULT, sym_lookup($2, 0), $3);
+ printd(DEBUG_PARSE, "%s:%d:default\n", zconf_curname(), zconf_lineno());
+};
+
+choice_block:
+ /* empty */
+ | choice_block common_block
+;
+
+/* if entry */
+
+if: T_IF expr T_EOL
+{
+ printd(DEBUG_PARSE, "%s:%d:if\n", zconf_curname(), zconf_lineno());
+ menu_add_entry(NULL);
+ menu_add_dep($2);
+ menu_end_entry();
+ menu_add_menu();
+};
+
+if_end: end
+{
+ if (zconf_endtoken($1, T_IF, T_ENDIF)) {
+ menu_end_menu();
+ printd(DEBUG_PARSE, "%s:%d:endif\n", zconf_curname(), zconf_lineno());
+ }
+};
+
+if_stmt:
+ if if_block if_end
+ | if if_block
+{
+ printf("%s:%d: missing 'endif' for this 'if' statement\n", current_menu->file->name, current_menu->lineno);
+ zconfnerrs++;
+};
+
+if_block:
+ /* empty */
+ | if_block common_block
+ | if_block menu_stmt
+ | if_block choice_stmt
+;
+
+/* menu entry */
+
+menu: T_MENU prompt T_EOL
+{
+ menu_add_entry(NULL);
+ menu_add_prop(P_MENU, $2, NULL, NULL);
+ printd(DEBUG_PARSE, "%s:%d:menu\n", zconf_curname(), zconf_lineno());
+};
+
+menu_entry: menu depends_list
+{
+ menu_end_entry();
+ menu_add_menu();
+};
+
+menu_end: end
+{
+ if (zconf_endtoken($1, T_MENU, T_ENDMENU)) {
+ menu_end_menu();
+ printd(DEBUG_PARSE, "%s:%d:endmenu\n", zconf_curname(), zconf_lineno());
+ }
+};
+
+menu_stmt:
+ menu_entry menu_block menu_end
+ | menu_entry menu_block
+{
+ printf("%s:%d: missing 'endmenu' for this 'menu' statement\n", current_menu->file->name, current_menu->lineno);
+ zconfnerrs++;
+};
+
+menu_block:
+ /* empty */
+ | menu_block common_block
+ | menu_block menu_stmt
+ | menu_block choice_stmt
+ | menu_block error T_EOL { zconfprint("invalid menu option"); yyerrok; }
+;
+
+source: T_SOURCE prompt T_EOL
+{
+ $$ = $2;
+ printd(DEBUG_PARSE, "%s:%d:source %s\n", zconf_curname(), zconf_lineno(), $2);
+};
+
+source_stmt: source
+{
+ zconf_nextfile($1);
+};
+
+/* comment entry */
+
+comment: T_COMMENT prompt T_EOL
+{
+ menu_add_entry(NULL);
+ menu_add_prop(P_COMMENT, $2, NULL, NULL);
+ printd(DEBUG_PARSE, "%s:%d:comment\n", zconf_curname(), zconf_lineno());
+};
+
+comment_stmt: comment depends_list
+{
+ menu_end_entry();
+};
+
+/* help option */
+
+help_start: T_HELP T_EOL
+{
+ printd(DEBUG_PARSE, "%s:%d:help\n", zconf_curname(), zconf_lineno());
+ zconf_starthelp();
+};
+
+help: help_start T_HELPTEXT
+{
+ current_entry->sym->help = $2;
+};
+
+/* depends option */
+
+depends_list: /* empty */
+ | depends_list depends
+ | depends_list T_EOL
+;
+
+depends: T_DEPENDS T_ON expr T_EOL
+{
+ menu_add_dep($3);
+ printd(DEBUG_PARSE, "%s:%d:depends on\n", zconf_curname(), zconf_lineno());
+}
+ | T_DEPENDS expr T_EOL
+{
+ menu_add_dep($2);
+ printd(DEBUG_PARSE, "%s:%d:depends\n", zconf_curname(), zconf_lineno());
+}
+ | T_REQUIRES expr T_EOL
+{
+ menu_add_dep($2);
+ printd(DEBUG_PARSE, "%s:%d:requires\n", zconf_curname(), zconf_lineno());
+};
+
+/* prompt statement */
+
+prompt_stmt_opt:
+ /* empty */
+ | prompt if_expr
+{
+ menu_add_prop(P_PROMPT, $1, NULL, $2);
+};
+
+prompt: T_WORD
+ | T_WORD_QUOTE
+;
+
+end: T_ENDMENU nl_or_eof { $$ = T_ENDMENU; }
+ | T_ENDCHOICE nl_or_eof { $$ = T_ENDCHOICE; }
+ | T_ENDIF nl_or_eof { $$ = T_ENDIF; }
+;
+
+nl_or_eof:
+ T_EOL | T_EOF;
+
+if_expr: /* empty */ { $$ = NULL; }
+ | T_IF expr { $$ = $2; }
+;
+
+expr: symbol { $$ = expr_alloc_symbol($1); }
+ | symbol T_EQUAL symbol { $$ = expr_alloc_comp(E_EQUAL, $1, $3); }
+ | symbol T_UNEQUAL symbol { $$ = expr_alloc_comp(E_UNEQUAL, $1, $3); }
+ | T_OPEN_PAREN expr T_CLOSE_PAREN { $$ = $2; }
+ | T_NOT expr { $$ = expr_alloc_one(E_NOT, $2); }
+ | expr T_OR expr { $$ = expr_alloc_two(E_OR, $1, $3); }
+ | expr T_AND expr { $$ = expr_alloc_two(E_AND, $1, $3); }
+;
+
+symbol: T_WORD { $$ = sym_lookup($1, 0); free($1); }
+ | T_WORD_QUOTE { $$ = sym_lookup($1, 1); free($1); }
+;
+
+%%
+
+void conf_parse(const char *name)
+{
+ struct symbol *sym;
+ int i;
+
+ zconf_initscan(name);
+
+ sym_init();
+ menu_init();
+ modules_sym = sym_lookup("MODULES", 0);
+ rootmenu.prompt = menu_add_prop(P_MENU, "OpenADK Configuration", NULL, NULL);
+
+ //zconfdebug = 1;
+ zconfparse();
+ if (zconfnerrs)
+ exit(1);
+ menu_finalize(&rootmenu);
+ for_all_symbols(i, sym) {
+ if (!(sym->flags & SYMBOL_CHECKED) && sym_check_deps(sym))
+ printf("\n");
+ else
+ sym->flags |= SYMBOL_CHECK_DONE;
+ }
+
+ sym_change_count = 1;
+}
+
+const char *zconf_tokenname(int token)
+{
+ switch (token) {
+ case T_MENU: return "menu";
+ case T_ENDMENU: return "endmenu";
+ case T_CHOICE: return "choice";
+ case T_ENDCHOICE: return "endchoice";
+ case T_IF: return "if";
+ case T_ENDIF: return "endif";
+ }
+ return "<token>";
+}
+
+static bool zconf_endtoken(int token, int starttoken, int endtoken)
+{
+ if (token != endtoken) {
+ zconfprint("unexpected '%s' within %s block", zconf_tokenname(token), zconf_tokenname(starttoken));
+ zconfnerrs++;
+ return false;
+ }
+ if (current_menu->file != current_file) {
+ zconfprint("'%s' in different file than '%s'", zconf_tokenname(token), zconf_tokenname(starttoken));
+ zconfprint("location of the '%s'", zconf_tokenname(starttoken));
+ zconfnerrs++;
+ return false;
+ }
+ return true;
+}
+
+static void zconfprint(const char *err, ...)
+{
+ va_list ap;
+
+ fprintf(stderr, "%s:%d: ", zconf_curname(), zconf_lineno() + 1);
+ va_start(ap, err);
+ vfprintf(stderr, err, ap);
+ va_end(ap);
+ fprintf(stderr, "\n");
+}
+
+static void zconferror(const char *err)
+{
+ fprintf(stderr, "%s:%d: %s\n", zconf_curname(), zconf_lineno() + 1, err);
+}
+
+void print_quoted_string(FILE *out, const char *str)
+{
+ const char *p;
+ int len;
+
+ putc('"', out);
+ while ((p = strchr(str, '"'))) {
+ len = p - str;
+ if (len)
+ fprintf(out, "%.*s", len, str);
+ fputs("\\\"", out);
+ str = p + 1;
+ }
+ fputs(str, out);
+ putc('"', out);
+}
+
+void print_symbol(FILE *out, struct menu *menu)
+{
+ struct symbol *sym = menu->sym;
+ struct property *prop;
+
+ if (sym_is_choice(sym))
+ fprintf(out, "choice\n");
+ else
+ fprintf(out, "config %s\n", sym->name);
+ switch (sym->type) {
+ case S_BOOLEAN:
+ fputs(" boolean\n", out);
+ break;
+ case S_TRISTATE:
+ fputs(" tristate\n", out);
+ break;
+ case S_STRING:
+ fputs(" string\n", out);
+ break;
+ case S_INT:
+ fputs(" integer\n", out);
+ break;
+ case S_HEX:
+ fputs(" hex\n", out);
+ break;
+ default:
+ fputs(" ???\n", out);
+ break;
+ }
+ for (prop = sym->prop; prop; prop = prop->next) {
+ if (prop->menu != menu)
+ continue;
+ switch (prop->type) {
+ case P_PROMPT:
+ fputs(" prompt ", out);
+ print_quoted_string(out, prop->text);
+ if (!expr_is_yes(prop->visible.expr)) {
+ fputs(" if ", out);
+ expr_fprint(prop->visible.expr, out);
+ }
+ fputc('\n', out);
+ break;
+ case P_DEFAULT:
+ fputs( " default ", out);
+ expr_fprint(prop->expr, out);
+ if (!expr_is_yes(prop->visible.expr)) {
+ fputs(" if ", out);
+ expr_fprint(prop->visible.expr, out);
+ }
+ fputc('\n', out);
+ break;
+ case P_CHOICE:
+ fputs(" #choice value\n", out);
+ break;
+ default:
+ fprintf(out, " unknown prop %d!\n", prop->type);
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ if (sym->help) {
+ int len = strlen(sym->help);
+ while (sym->help[--len] == '\n')
+ sym->help[len] = 0;
+ fprintf(out, " help\n%s\n", sym->help);
+ }
+ fputc('\n', out);
+}
+
+void zconfdump(FILE *out)
+{
+ struct property *prop;
+ struct symbol *sym;
+ struct menu *menu;
+
+ menu = rootmenu.list;
+ while (menu) {
+ if ((sym = menu->sym))
+ print_symbol(out, menu);
+ else if ((prop = menu->prompt)) {
+ switch (prop->type) {
+ case P_COMMENT:
+ fputs("\ncomment ", out);
+ print_quoted_string(out, prop->text);
+ fputs("\n", out);
+ break;
+ case P_MENU:
+ fputs("\nmenu ", out);
+ print_quoted_string(out, prop->text);
+ fputs("\n", out);
+ break;
+ default:
+ ;
+ }
+ if (!expr_is_yes(prop->visible.expr)) {
+ fputs(" depends ", out);
+ expr_fprint(prop->visible.expr, out);
+ fputc('\n', out);
+ }
+ fputs("\n", out);
+ }
+
+ if (menu->list)
+ menu = menu->list;
+ else if (menu->next)
+ menu = menu->next;
+ else while ((menu = menu->parent)) {
+ if (menu->prompt && menu->prompt->type == P_MENU)
+ fputs("\nendmenu\n", out);
+ if (menu->next) {
+ menu = menu->next;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+#include "lex.zconf.c"
+#include "confdata.c"
+#include "expr.c"
+#include "symbol.c"
+#include "menu.c"
generated by cgit v1.2.3 (git 2.25.1) at 2024-11-25 10:30:58 +0000